Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Bridge Bancorp Inc.

Bridge Bancorp Inc.

bdge · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker bdge
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · Bridge Bancorp Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
BRIDGE BANCORP, INC.

OPPOrtUNities & cHaLLeNGes

2011 aNNUaL rePOrt

Bridge  Bancorp,  Inc.,  a  New  York  corporation  (NASDAQ:  BDGE),  is  a  bank  holding  company 
engaged  in  commercial  banking  and  financial  services  through  its  wholly  owned  subsidiary, 
Bridgehampton National Bank (BNB). Established in 1910 by farmers and merchants, the Bank 
today  has  approximately  $1.3  billion  in  assets  and  an  ongoing  commitment  to  the  tenets  of  
community banking: developing long-term relationships with local customers, offering knowledge 
and understanding of the local marketplace and taking an active role in making the towns and 
villages  it  serves  better  places  to  live  and  work.  Throughout  its  history,  BNB  has  established  
a  reputation  for  personal  service,  access  to  decision  makers  and  engaged  involvement  in  
the community.

A full range of products and services to businesses, consumers and municipalities is offered by 
BNB.  Its  professional  team  of  lenders  and  branch  managers  offers  flexible  banking  programs 
designed to help customers meet their financial needs. Products and services include convenient 
technologies like online banking, online bill pay, remote deposit capture, merchant services and 
lockbox as well as the traditional menu of deposit and loan products. In addition, title insurance is 
offered through Bridge Abstract and investment counsel is provided by Bridge Investment Services.

BNB  operates  in  markets  throughout  Suffolk  County,  Long  Island  from  Orient  Point  to  Wading 
River and Montauk Point to Deer Park. In 2011 the Bank acquired Hamptons State Bank and its 
single branch, in Southampton, NY bringing the total number of BNB branches to 20.

Financial HigHligHts

(in thousands, except per share data and financial ratios)

For the year ended December 31,

2011

2010

EaRnings

Net income

Return on average equity

Return on average assets

BalancE sHEEt

Assets

Deposits

Loans

Stockholders’ equity

PER sHaRE Data

Diluted earnings

Regular cash dividends paid

Book value

$ 

10,359

$ 

9,166

14.37%

0.88%

15.29%

0.95%

$ 1,337,458

$ 1,028,456

$ 1,188,185

$  916,993

$  612,143

$  504,060

$  106,987

$ 

65,720

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.54

0.92

12.82

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.45

0.92

10.33

$1,500

$1,200

$900

$600

$300

$0

$1,337.5 

$1,200

$1,000

$800

$600

$400

$200

$0

$1,188.2

$12

$10

$8

$6

$4

$2

$0

$10.4

20%

15%

10%

5%

0%

14.37%

’07

’08

’09

’10

’11

’07

’08

’09

’10

’11

’07

’08

’09

’10

’11

’07

’08

’09

’10

’11

TOTAL ASSETS
(at December 31, in millions)

TOTAL DEPOSITS
(at December 31, in millions)

NET INCOME
 (in millions)

RETURN ON
AVERAGE EQUITY
(percentage)

1

1500

1200

900

600

300

0

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

20

15

10

5

0

bridge bancorp, inc.My FEllow sHaREHolDERs:

On reflection, 2011 was a year of both distinct historic achievements 

and of delivering on the fundamental promises we make as a community 

bank and public company.

The two are interrelated. The opportunities that 

those  results  is  central  to  our  success  and  

fuel  our  achievements  allow  us  to  deliver 

provides insight into our organizational values. 

results to you, our shareholders.

We  need  to  ask  how  our  organization  is  per-

One  historic  milestone  was  the  completion  of 

our  first  acquisition,  Hamptons  State  Bank. 

Announced early in 2011, we closed the trans-

action mid-year and successfully integrated the 

former HSB customers onto our platform. This 

transaction introduced new customers, increased 

ceived  by  customers,  shareholders  and  regu-

lators  and  what  our  plans  are  for  the  future. 

Our  response  to  these  questions,  coupled  

with  financial  performance,  provides  a  more 

complete  picture  of  our  organization  and  its 

performance.

visibility  within  the  community  and  provided  a 

In 2011, we continued delivering industry lead-

group of new, productive employees.

ing  financial  results,  posting  strong  returns  on 

The  second  significant  accomplishment  was 

the execution of a very successful equity offer-

ing.  Given  the  ongoing  economic  uncertainty, 

equity,  or  capital,  is  critical  to  growth  and  to 

maintaining  solid  regulatory  relationships.  Our 

achievements and strong financial results pro-

assets and equity and returning to sharehold-

ers a steady stream of dividends. We achieved 

double  digit  growth  in  loans  and  deposits, 

while successfully navigating through turbulent 

economic  times,  with  minimal  levels  of  prob-

lem or troubled credits.

vided a compelling investment opportunity and 

Growth  is  tallied  by  increases  in  deposits  and 

the  $24  million  we  raised  bolstered  capital, 

loans, but it is really attributable to adding new 

allowing  us  to  continue  investing  and  lending 

customers  and  expanding  relationships  with 

within our markets.

Although  success  is  generally  measured  in 

financial terms, the manner in which we produce 

existing  clients.  Our  success  in  relationship 

building results from our approach, the oppor-

tunities  presented,  and  our  ability  to  leverage 

both effectively.

2

bridge bancorp, inc.My FEllow sHaREHolDERs:

A consistent focus on 

oPPoRtUnitiEs 
& cHallEngEs 

for our shAreholders, customers And communities

It is a basic tenet of successful businesses, and certainly a hallmark of Bridgehampton 

National Bank for over a century, to capitalize on opportunities and overcome challenges.  

The ability to identify and create those opportunities coupled with anticipating potential 

challenges provides the framework for the development of more effective strategies and 

ultimately greater success. This is the approach BNB has used to create one of the nation’s 

preeminent community banks, delivering value to its customers, communities and 

shareholders. The Bank has expanded in size, scope and geographic reach. While always 

adhering to the core mission of community banking, BNB has responded to challenges posed 

by the economy, the regulatory environment and continuously evolving technologies.

2

bridge bancorp, inc.uncoVerinG 

oPPoRtUnitiEs

We believe opportunities can be anticipated, targeted, and even created. This proactive 

approach is integral to the planning process of Bridgehampton National Bank 

allowing us to be better prepared and ready to capitalize on the right opportunities. 

Competitors, markets, products and technologies are continuously assessed. We 

understand our own financial position, the impacts of capital markets, as well as our 

requirements for people, systems, products and locations. Opportunities are always 

available and at BNB, we understand and have a strategy that builds on our infrastructure 

and plans for the possibilities. We believe we are not only prepared, but actively  

creating and targeting specific actions for continued growth and success.

Kathleen  King  of  Tate’s  Bake  Shop  in 
Southampton  has  grown  from  a  small 
local business to a national brand. “My 
business  is  on  a  continuous  growth 
cycle. Knowing I have a real community 
bank  working  with  me,  that  under-
stands  my  business  and  is  ready  to 
help, is tremendous peace of mind.” 

We  have  always  maintained  a  singular  focus 

This differentiates us from: smaller competitors 

on customer service, and over the past several 

that  lack  scale,  non-local  institutions  with 

years we have added relationship bankers with 

remote  decision  making,  internally  focused 

the  same  philosophy.  Equally  important,  our 

organizations,  and  larger  institutions  with  a 

infrastructure of people and systems has been 

cookie  cutter  approach  to  evaluating  pros-

augmented  to  support  a  larger  organization. 

pects and serving customers.

These  actions  enabled  us  to  maintain  and 

expand  our  product  offerings,  grow  our  geo-

graphic  footprint,  and  service  larger  and 

potentially more complex customers.

Our  success  in  2011  directly  resulted  from  

our  strategy  to  focus  on  our  core  strength— 

building  relationships  with  local  businesses 

and staying the course, as their financial part-

The  opportunity  to  add  customers  leverages 

ner and trusted advisor. As a community bank, 

our  position  as  one  of  the  preeminent  Long 

we must reflect the vibrancy and vitality of our 

Island  community  banks.  Customers  value 

markets and customers. Our employees need 

their  access  to  local  decision  makers  and  the 

to  be  engaged,  involved,  and  active  partners, 

willingness  of  branch  and  lending  teams  to 

offering solutions, advice and counsel. A valu-

understand  their  unique  financial  needs  and 

able community banker assists the entrepreneur 

goals. They also appreciate the scale and size 

in becoming a successful business owner and 

of  our  organization  and  our  ability  to  address 

the mature business in realizing its goals.

their  needs  with  a  more  personal  approach. 

total loans By tyPE 
at December 31, 2011

 Commercial Mortgages—46% 
 Commercial Loans—19% 
 Equity Loans—12% 
 Residential Mortgages—11% 
 Construction & Land Loans—7% 
 Multifamily Loans—4% 
 Consumer Loans—1%

average yield—6.39%

5

bridge bancorp, inc.AddressinG 

cHallEngEs

Any  dialogue  about  our  industry  has  to  high-

consistency and focus over the past five years, 

light  technology  initiatives  to  support  growth 

indeed  the  last  100  years,  and  we  need  to 

and  achieve  efficiencies.  The  environment  is 

maintain  this  discipline.  Sound  strategies  and 

rapidly  evolving,  and  effective  technology  is 

planning  fuel  opportunity  and  growth;  our 

integral  to  our  strategies.  We  actively  pursue 

actions today will set the course for the future. 

new  technologies  to  deliver  better  services  to 

We continually remind our bankers to focus on 

our customers, but we approach this with the 

the reasons for our success and recognize the 

same cautious eye we employ throughout our 

challenge to deliver on our commitments.

business.  We  eschew  leading  the  charge  for 

new technology; instead we invest and imple-

ment  proven  secure  systems.  While  we  are 

actively working on implementing mobile bank-

ing and sophisticated online systems, we rec-

ognize these applications are only as good as 

the  confidence  our  customers  have  in  their 

functionality and security.

We  have  a  strategic  vision  for  our  institution, 

but continued success depends on numerous 

factors.  The  economic  environment  continues 

to  be  uncertain  with  many  headwinds—any 

one  of  which  could  affect  our  customers’  

businesses, creating a domino effect on credit 

quality.  The  economy  also  impacts  interest 

rates,  and  today’s  low  absolute  levels  will  not 

In  an  uncertain  environment,  many  obstacles 

last  forever.  Of  critical  importance  is  how  we 

and challenges to success exist, including dis-

and  our  industry  navigate  the  eventuality  of 

traction. Our accomplishments are the result of 

higher rates.

total DEPosits By tyPE 
at December 31, 2011

 Money Markets—43% 
 Demand Deposits—27% 
 Savings & NOW—15% 
 Certificates of Deposit—15% 

average cost of interest 
Bearing Deposits—0.74% 

6

bridge bancorp, inc.AddressinG 

cHallEngEs

Challenges abound in general and certainly in the banking industry.  

They can be systemic: the economy, interest rates, the credit cycle, and the  

regulatory environment. They are also unique to each organization: systems,  

processes, procedures, personnel. How these challenges are anticipated and  

managed separates successful organizations from others. Bridgehampton National Bank 

has actively evaluated and managed this evolving landscape and challenged itself  

to critically review and modify systems and processes. We have discovered ways to  

improve and to work “smarter” and identified and addressed specific challenges in 

infrastructure, technology, regulatory compliance and relationships. This is a continuous 

process as the challenges increase, and will likely accelerate. At BNB, we will adapt  

and evolve, becoming more efficient and learning how to operate with  

potentially lower revenues and higher costs. 

6

bridge bancorp, inc.BRiDgE BancoRP, inc.

Regulatory  challenges  are  omnipresent  and 

must  remain  committed  as  we  embark  on 

pending  new  rules  and  regulations  add  to  

2012 and beyond.

the  existing  overwhelming  compliance  bur-

den. We believe strongly in collaborating with 

the  regulators  and  fostering  a  relationship 

based  on  credibility,  mutual  respect,  and 

transparency.  We  seek  their  counsel  as  we 

deliberate  future  strategies.  Finally,  we  must 

continue  to  innovate  and  invest  in  all  of  our 

business resources, building today to achieve 

future goals.

It  is  a  privilege  to  lead  this  well  respected, 

accomplished organization during these excit-

ing,  albeit  demanding,  times.  Our  Board  of 

Directors  provides  invaluable  knowledge, 

experience  and  support.  This  past  year  we 

welcomed  Antonia  M.  Donohue,  a  partner  in 

the law firm of Jaspan Schlesinger LLP, to the 

Board.  I  am  also  privileged  to  work  with  our 

dedicated  employees  who  are  passionate 

While  we  have  enjoyed  past  successes  and 

about  banking,  innovative  in  their  approach 

are certainly proud of our 2011 achievements, 

and take pride in working for their customers.

we understand that each year is a new chal-

lenge,  with  new  opportunities  and  factors 

beyond our control. The environment evolves 

and  we  must  adapt.  Past  accomplishments 

are  no  guarantee  of  future  success,  and  we  

Thank you for this opportunity and I look for-

ward to another year where we can continue 

differentiating  ourselves  through  our  hard 

work, focus and commitment to the commu-

nities, businesses and individuals we serve.

Kevin M. o’connor 
President and Chief Executive Officer

8

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(cid:95)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)

AN
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

Commission File No. 001-34096

BRIDGE BANCORP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

NEW YORK
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

11-2934195
(IRS Employer Identification Number)

2200 MONTAUK HIGHWAY, BRIDGEHAMPTON, NEW YORK
(Address of principal executive offices)

11932
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (631) 537-1000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, Par Value of $0.01 Per Share

Name of each exchange on which registered
The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act:

(Title of Class)
None

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  a  well-known  seasoned  issuer,  as  defined  in  Rule  405  of  the  Securities  Act.
Yes (cid:134)(cid:3)No (cid:95)

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  not  required  to  file  reports  pursuant  to  Section  13  or  Section  15(d)  of  the  Act.
Yes (cid:134)(cid:3)No (cid:95)(cid:3)

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), 
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:95)(cid:3)No (cid:134)

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  and  posted  on  its  corporate  Web  site,  if  any,  every 
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes (cid:95)(cid:3)No (cid:134)

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  disclosure  of  delinquent  filers  pursuant  to  Item  405  of  Regulation  S-K  (§229.405)  of  this  chapter  is  not 
contained  herein,  and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements 
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:134)

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a non-accelerated  filer,  or  a  smaller 
reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 

Large accelerated filer (cid:134)(cid:3)Accelerated filer (cid:95)(cid:3)Non-accelerated filer (cid:134)(cid:3)Smaller reporting company (cid:134)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes (cid:134)(cid:3)No (cid:95)

The approximate aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based upon the closing price of 
the Common Stock on June 30, 2011, was $134,103,707.

The number of shares of the Registrant’s common stock outstanding on March 6, 2012 was 8,474,176.

Portions of the following documents are incorporated into the Parts of this Report on Form 10-K indicated below:

The Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before April 
30, 2012 (Part III).

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Item 1

Business

Item 1A

Risk Factors

Item 1B

Unresolved Staff Comments

Item 2

Item 3

Item 4

Properties

Legal Proceedings

Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II

Item 5

Item 6

Item 7

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities

Selected Financial Data

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 7A

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item 8

Item 9

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Item 9A

Controls and Procedures

Item 9B

Other Information

PART III

Item 10

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Item 11

Executive Compensation

Item 12

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Item 13

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Item 14

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PART IV

Item 15

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

SIGNATURES

EXHIBIT INDEX

1

7

9

9

10

10

10

13

14

32

34

78

78

78

78

78

79

79

79

79

80

81

PART I

Item 1. Business

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (the “Registrant” or “Company”) is a registered bank holding company for The Bridgehampton National Bank
(the “Bank”). The Bank was established in 1910 as a national banking association and is headquartered in Bridgehampton, New York. 
The Registrant was incorporated under the laws of the State of New York in 1988, at the direction of the Board of Directors of the 
Bank for the purpose of becoming a bank holding company pursuant to a plan of reorganization; under which the former shareholders 
of  the  Bank  became  the  shareholders  of  the  Company.  Since  commencing  business  in  March  1989,  after  the  reorganization,  the 
Registrant has functioned primarily as the holder of all of the Bank’s common stock. In May 1999, the Bank established a real estate 
investment  trust  subsidiary,  Bridgehampton  Community,  Inc.  (“BCI”)  as  an  operating  subsidiary.  The  assets  transferred  to BCI  are 
viewed by the bank regulators as part of the Bank’s assets in consolidation. The operations of the Bank also include Bridge Abstract 
LLC (“Bridge Abstract”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank which is a broker of title insurance services. In October 2009, the 
Company  formed  Bridge  Statutory  Capital  Trust  II  (the  “Trust”)  as  a  subsidiary,  which  sold  $16.0  million  of  8.5%  cumulative 
convertible Trust Preferred Securities (the “Trust Preferred Securities”) in a private placement to accredited investors. 

The Bank operates twenty branches on eastern Long Island. Federally chartered in 1910, the Bank was founded by local farmers and 
merchants. For a century, the Bank has maintained its focus on building customer relationships in this market area. The mission of the 
Company is to grow through the provision of exceptional service to its customers, its employees, and the community. The Company 
strives  to  achieve  excellence  in  financial  performance  and  build  long  term  shareholder  value.  The  Bank  engages  in  full  service
commercial and consumer banking business, including accepting time, savings and demand deposits from the consumers, businesses 
and local municipalities surrounding its branch offices. These deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, 
are  invested  primarily  in:  (1)  commercial  real  estate  loans;  (2)  home  equity  loans;  (3)  construction  loans;  (4)  residential  mortgage 
loans;  (5)  secured  and  unsecured  commercial  and  consumer  loans;  (6)  FHLB,  FNMA,  GNMA  and  FHLMC  mortgage-backed 
securities  and  collateralized  mortgage  obligations;  (7)  New  York  State  and  local  municipal  obligations;  and  (8)  U.S  government 
sponsored entity (“U.S. GSE”) securities. The Bank also offers the CDARS program, providing up to $50.0 million of FDIC insurance 
to its customers. In addition, the Bank offers merchant credit and debit card processing, automated teller machines, cash management 
services, lockbox processing, online banking services, remote deposit capture, safe deposit boxes, individual retirement accounts and 
investment  services  through  Bridge  Investment  Services,  offering  a  full  range  of  investment  products  and  services  through  a  third 
party broker dealer. Through its title insurance abstract subsidiary, the Bank acts as a broker for title insurance services. The Bank’s 
customer base is comprised principally of small businesses, municipal relationships and consumer relationships.

The Bank employs 227 people on a full-time and part-time basis. The Bank provides a variety of employment benefits and considers 
its  relationship  with  its  employees  to  be  positive.  In  addition,  the  Company  has  an  equity  incentive  plan  under which  it  may  issue 
shares of the common stock of the Company.

All phases of the Bank’s business are highly competitive. The Bank faces direct competition from a significant number of financial 
institutions operating in its market area, many with a statewide or regional presence, and in some cases, a national presence. There is 
also competition for banking business from competitors outside of its market areas. Most of these competitors are significantly larger 
than the Bank, and therefore have greater financial and marketing resources and lending limits than those of the Bank. The fixed cost 
of  regulatory  compliance  remains  high  for  community  banks  as  compared  to  their  larger  competitors  that  are  able  to  achieve 
economies of scale. The Bank considers its major competition to be local commercial banks as well as other commercial banks with 
branches in the Bank’s market area. Other competitors include savings banks, credit unions, mortgage brokers and financial services 
firms other than financial institutions such as investment and insurance companies. Increased competition within the Bank’s market 
areas  may  limit  growth  and  profitability.    Additionally,  as  the  Bank’s  market  area  expands  westward,  competitive  pressure  in  new 
markets is expected to be strong. The title insurance abstract subsidiary also faces competition from other title insurance brokers as 
well as directly from the companies that underwrite title insurance. In New York State, title insurance is obtained on most transfers of 
real estate and mortgage transactions.

The Bank’s principal market area is located in Suffolk County, New York. Suffolk County is located on the eastern portion of Long 
Island and has a population of approximately 1.5 million. Eastern Long Island is semi-rural. Surrounded by water and including the 
Hamptons and North Fork, the region is a recreational destination for the New York metropolitan area, and a highly regarded resort 
locale  world-wide.  While  the  local  economy  flourishes  in  the  summer  months  as  a  result  of  the  influx  of  tourists  and  second 
homeowners, the year-round population has grown considerably in recent years, resulting in a reduction of the seasonal fluctuations in 
the  economy.  Industries  represented  in  the  marketplace  include  retail  establishments;  construction  and  trades;  restaurants  and  bars; 
lodging  and  recreation;  professional  entities;  real  estate;  health  services;  passenger  transportation  and  agricultural  and  related 
businesses. During the last decade, the Long Island wine industry has grown with an increasing number of new wineries and vineyards 
locating in the region each year. The vast majority of businesses are considered small businesses employing fewer than ten full-time 
employees.  In  recent  years,  more  national  chains  have  opened  retail  stores  within  the  villages  on  the  north  and  south  forks  of  the 
island. Major employers in the region include the municipalities, school districts, hospitals, and financial institutions.

Page -1-

Since  2007,  the  Bank  has  opened  eight  new  branches.  In  2007,  the  Bank  opened  three  new  branches  located  in  the  Village  of 
Southampton, Cutchogue, and Wading River. In April 2009, the Bank opened a new branch in Shirley, New York, and in December 
2009, the Bank opened a new full service branch facility in the Village of East Hampton. During 2010, the Bank opened three new 
branches;  Center  Moriches  in  May,  Patchogue  in  September  and  Deer  Park  in  October.  In  November  2010,  the  Bank  relocated  its 
branch at 26 Park Place, East Hampton, New York to 55 Main Street, East Hampton, New York. The recent branch openings move the 
Bank  geographically  westward  and  demonstrate  its  commitment  to  traditional  growth  through  branch  expansion.  In  May 2011,  the 
Bank acquired Hamptons State Bank (“HSB”) which increased the Bank’s presence in an existing market with a branch located in the 
Village of Southampton. In July 2011, the Bank converted the former HSB customers to its core operating system. Management spent 
considerable  time  ensuring  the  transition  progressed  smoothly  for  HSB’s  former  customers  and  shareholders.  Management  has 
demonstrated  its  ability  to  successfully  integrate  the  former  HSB  customers  and  achieve  expected  cost  savings  while  continuing  to 
execute its business strategy.  In September 2011, the Bank obtained OCC approval for its 21st branch in  Ronkonkoma, New  York. 
This location’s proximity to MacArthur Airport complements the Patchogue branch and extends the Bank’s reach into the Bohemia
market. Management will continue to seek opportunities to expand its reach into other contiguous markets by network expansion, or 
through the addition of professionals with established customer relationships. 

The Bank routinely adds to its menu of products and services, continually meeting the needs of consumers and businesses. We believe 
positive  outcomes  in  the  future  will  result  from  the  expansion  of  our  geographic  footprint,  investments  in  infrastructure  and
technology and continued focus on placing our customers first. Plans for 2012 include a new internet banking platform and mobile 
banking products.

The Company, the Bank and its subsidiaries with the exception of the real estate investment trust, which files its own federal and state 
income tax returns, report their income on a consolidated basis using the accrual method of accounting and are subject to federal and 
state income taxation. In general, banks are subject to federal income tax in the same manner as other corporations. However, gains 
and losses realized by banks from the sale of available for sale securities are generally treated as ordinary income, rather than capital 
gains  or  losses.  The  Bank  is  subject  to  the  New  York  State  Franchise  Tax  on  Banking  Corporations  based  on  certain  criteria.  The 
taxation of net income is similar to federal taxable income subject to certain modifications.

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

The Bridgehampton National Bank

The Bank is a national bank organized under the laws of the United States of America. The lending, investment, and other business 
operations of the Bank are governed by federal law and regulations and the Bank is prohibited from engaging in any operations not 
specifically authorized by such laws and regulations. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the Office of the Comptroller of 
the Currency (“OCC”) and to a lesser extent by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), as its deposit insurer as well as 
by  the  Board  of  Governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System. The  Bank’s  deposit  accounts  are  insured  up  to  applicable  limits  by  the 
FDIC under its Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). A  summary of the primary laws and regulations that  govern the operations of the
Bank are set forth below.

Loans and Investments

There are no restrictions on the type of loans a national bank can originate and/or purchase. However, OCC regulations govern the 
Bank’s investment authority. Generally, a national bank is prohibited from investing in corporate equity securities for its own account. 
Under OCC regulations, a national bank may invest in investment securities, which is generally defined as securities in the form of a 
note, bond or debenture. The OCC classifies investment securities into five different types and, depending on its type, a national bank 
may  have  the  authority  to  deal  in  and  underwrite  the  security.  The  OCC  has  also  permitted  national  banks  to  purchase  certain 
noninvestment grade securities that can be reclassified and underwritten as loans.

Lending Standards

The federal banking agencies adopted uniform regulations prescribing standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens on 
interests in real estate or made for the purpose of financing the construction of a building or other improvements to real estate. Under 
these  regulations,  all  insured  depository  institutions,  such  as  the  Bank,  must  adopt  and  maintain  written  policies  that  establish 
appropriate limits and standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens or interests in real estate or are made for the purpose 
of  financing  permanent  improvements  to  real  estate.  These  policies  must  establish  loan  portfolio  diversification  standards,  prudent 
underwriting  standards  (including  loan-to-value  limits)  that  are  clear  and  measurable,  loan  administration  procedures,  and 
documentation,  approval  and  reporting  requirements.  The  real  estate  lending  policies  must  reflect  consideration  of  the  Interagency 
Guidelines for Real Estate Lending Policies that have been adopted by the federal bank regulators. 

Page -2-

Federal Deposit Insurance

The Bank is a member of the DIF, which is administered by the FDIC. Deposit accounts at the Bank are insured by the FDIC. On July 
21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act permanently raised the deposit insurance available on all 
deposit accounts to $250,000. In addition, certain non-interest bearing transaction accounts have unlimited deposit insurance through 
December 31, 2012. Refer to Item 1A. Risk Factors for more detailed information related to this new regulation.

Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory 
evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors, with less risky institutions paying lower assessments. An institution’s 
rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned, and certain adjustments specified by FDIC regulations. Assessment rates, as 
adjusted, previously ranged from seven to 77.5 basis points of assessable deposits. No institution may pay a dividend if in default of 
the federal deposit insurance assessment.  In May 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule to impose an emergency special assessment of 5 
basis points on all banks based on their total assets less tier one capital as of June 30, 2009.  The special assessment was payable on 
September 30, 2009. During the second quarter of 2009, the Company recorded an expense of $0.4 million related to the FDIC special 
assessment. On November 12, 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule that required insured institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly 
risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. The FDIC also adopted a uniform 3 basis 
point increase in assessment rates effective on January 1, 2011. The Company’s prepayment of FDIC assessments for 2010, 2011 and 
2012 was $3.8 million which will be amortized to expense over three years. On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform 
and  Consumer  Protection  Act  was  signed  by  the  President.  Section  331(b)  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer 
Protection  Act  required the  FDIC  to  change  the  definition  of  the  assessment  base  which  assessment  fees  are  determined.  The  new 
definition for the assessment base is the average consolidated total assets of the insured depository institution less the average tangible 
equity  of  the  insured  depository  institution,  rather  than  deposits.  A  reduction  in  the  assessment  rate  was  anticipated  since  the 
assessment  base  will  increase  for  most  institutions.  The  new  methodology  became  effective  on  April  1,  2011  and  the  Company 
recorded a reduction in its FDIC assessment fees of $0.4 million during 2011 compared to 2010. The new financial reform legislation 
created a new  Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, tightened capital standards and resulted in  new laws and regulations that are 
expected  to  increase  the  cost  of  operations.  Refer  to  Item  1A.  Risk  Factors  for  more  detailed  information  related  to  this  new
regulation.

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is 
in  an  unsafe  or  unsound  condition  to  continue  operations  or  has  violated  any  applicable  law,  regulation,  rule,  order  or  condition
imposed by the FDIC. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (FICO) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the 
FDIC,  assessments  for  anticipated  payments,  issuance  costs  and  custodial  fees  on  bonds  issued  by  the  FICO  in  the  1980s  to 
recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017
through 2019. For the quarter ended December 31, 2011, the annualized FICO assessment was equal to 0.66 basis points of average 
consolidated total assets less average tangible equity.

Capitalization

Under OCC regulations, all national banks are required to comply with minimum capital requirements. For an institution determined 
by  the  OCC  to  not  be  anticipating  or  experiencing  significant  growth  and  to  be,  in  general,  a  strong  banking  organization,  rated 
composite 1 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Ranking System established by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination 
Council,  the  minimum  capital  leverage  requirement  is  a  ratio  of  Tier  I  capital  to  total  assets  of  3%.  For  all  other  institutions,  the 
minimum  leverage  capital  ratio  is  not  less  than  4%.  Tier  I  capital  is  the  sum  of  common  shareholders’  equity,  non-cumulative 
perpetual preferred stock (including any related surplus) and minority investments in certain subsidiaries, less intangible assets (except 
for certain servicing rights and credit card relationships) and certain other specified items.

The  OCC  regulations  require  national  banks  to  maintain  certain  levels  of  regulatory  capital  in  relation  to  regulatory  risk-weighted 
assets. The ratio of regulatory capital to regulatory risk-weighted assets is referred to as a bank’s “risk-based capital ratio.” Risk-based 
capital ratios are determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet items (including recourse obligations, direct credit 
substitutes  and  residual  interests)  to  four  risk-weighted  categories  ranging  from  0%  to  100%,  with  higher  levels  of  capital  being 
required  for  the  categories  perceived  as  representing  greater  risk.  For  example,  under  the  OCC’s  risk-weighting  system,  cash  and 
securities backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government are given a 0% risk weight, loans secured by one-to-four family 
residential properties generally have a 50% risk weight, and commercial loans have a risk weighting of 100%.

National banks, such as the Bank, must maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8%, of which at
least one-half must be Tier I capital. Total capital consists of Tier I capital plus Tier 2 or supplementary capital items, which include 
allowances for loan losses in an amount of up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, cumulative preferred stock and certain other capital 
instruments, and a portion of the net unrealized gain on equity securities. The includable amount of Tier 2 capital cannot exceed the 
amount of the institution’s Tier I capital. Banks that engage in specified levels of trading activities are subject to adjustments in their 
risk based capital calculation to ensure the maintenance of sufficient capital to support market risk.

Page -3-

The OCC, along with the other federal banking agencies, has adopted a regulation providing that the agencies will take into account 
the exposure of a bank’s capital and economic value to changes in interest rate risk in assessing a bank’s capital adequacy. The OCC 
also has authority to establish individual minimum capital requirements in appropriate cases upon a determination that an institution’s 
capital level is, or is likely to become, inadequate in light of the particular circumstances.

Safety and Soundness Standards

Each federal banking agency, including the OCC, has adopted guidelines establishing general standards relating to internal controls, 
information  and  internal  audit  systems,  loan  documentation,  credit  underwriting,  interest  rate  exposure,  asset  growth,  asset  quality, 
earnings and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices 
to  identify  and  manage  the  risks  and  exposures  specified  in  the  guidelines.  The  guidelines  prohibit  excessive  compensation  as  an 
unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to 
the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director, or principal shareholder.

On  February  7,  2011,  the  FDIC  approved  a  rulemaking  to  implement  Section  956  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and 
Consumer Protection Act that prohibits incentive-based compensation that encourages inappropriate risk taking. 

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action

Federal  law  requires,  among  other  things,  that  federal  bank  regulatory  authorities  take  “prompt  corrective  action”  with  respect  to 
institutions  that  do  not  meet  minimum  capital  requirements.  For  these  purposes,  the  statute  establishes  five  capital  tiers:  well 
capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized.

The  OCC  may  order  national  banks  which  have  insufficient  capital  to  take  corrective  actions.  For  example,  a  bank  which  is 
categorized as “undercapitalized” would be subject to growth limitations and would be required to submit a capital restoration plan, 
and a holding company that controls such a bank would be required to guarantee that the bank complies with the restoration plan. A 
“significantly undercapitalized” bank would be subject to additional restrictions. National banks deemed by the OCC to be “critically 
undercapitalized” would be subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.

Dividends

Under federal law and applicable regulations, a national bank may generally declare a dividend, without approval from the OCC, in an 
amount equal to its year-to-date net income plus the prior two years’ net income that is still available for dividend.

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act govern transactions between a national bank and its affiliates, which includes the 
Company. The  Federal Reserve Board has adopted Regulation W,  which comprehensively implements and interprets Sections 23A 
and 23B, in part by codifying prior Federal Reserve Board interpretations under Sections 23A and 23B.

An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. A subsidiary 
of a bank that is not also a depository institution or a “financial subsidiary” under federal law is not treated as an affiliate of the bank 
for the purposes of Sections 23A and 23B; however, the OCC has the discretion to treat subsidiaries of a bank as affiliates on a case-
by-case basis. Sections 23A and 23B limit the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with 
any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such bank’s capital stock and surplus, and limit all such transactions with all affiliates 
to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus. The statutory sections also require that all such transactions be on terms 
that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of 
assets, issuance of  guarantees and other similar types of transactions. Further,  most loans by a bank  to any of its affiliates  must be 
secured  by  collateral  in  amounts  ranging  from  100  to  130 percent  of  the  loan  amounts. In  addition,  any  covered  transaction  by  an 
association  with  an  affiliate  and  any  purchase  of  assets  or  services  by  an  association  from  an  affiliate  must  be  on  terms  that  are 
substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the bank as those that would be provided to a non-affiliate.

A  bank’s  loans  to  its  executive  officers,  directors,  any  owner  of  more  than  10%  of  its  stock  (each,  an  insider)  and  any  of  certain 
entities affiliated with any such person (an insider’s related interest) are subject to the conditions and limitations imposed by Section 
22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and the FRB’s Regulation O thereunder. Under these restrictions, the aggregate amount of the loans 
to any insider and the insider’s related interests may not exceed the loans-to-one-borrower limit applicable to national banks. All loans 
by a bank to all insiders and insiders’ related interests in the aggregate may not exceed the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired 
surplus. With certain exceptions, loans to an executive officer, other than loans for the education of the officer’s children and certain 
loans  secured  by  the  officer’s  residence,  may  not  exceed  the  greater  of  $25,000  or  2.5%  of  the  bank’s  unimpaired  capital  and 
unimpaired surplus, but in no event more than $100,000. Regulation O also requires that any proposed loan to an insider or a related 
interest of that insider be approved in advance by a  majority of the board of directors of the bank,  with any interested director not
participating  in  the  voting,  if  such  loan,  when  aggregated  with  any  existing  loans  to  that  insider  and  the  insider’s  related  interests, 

Page -4-

would exceed either $500,000 or the greater of $25,000 or 5% of the bank’s  unimpaired capital and surplus. Generally, such loans 
must be made on substantially the same terms as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are no less stringent than, those that 
are prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and must not present more than a normal risk of collectibility.
An exception is made for extensions of credit made pursuant to a benefit or compensation plan of a bank that is widely available to 
employees of the bank and that does not give any preference to insiders of the bank over other employees of the bank.

Examinations and Assessments

The Bank is required to file periodic reports with and is subject to periodic examination by the OCC. Federal regulations generally 
require annual on-site examinations for all depository institutions and annual audits by independent public accountants for all insured 
institutions. The Bank is required to pay an annual assessment to the OCC to fund its supervision.

Community Reinvestment Act

Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), the Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and 
sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA 
does not establish  specific  lending requirements or programs  for financial institutions  nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to 
develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The 
CRA  requires  the  OCC  in  connection  with  its  examination  of  the  Bank,  to  assess  its  record  of  meeting  the  credit  needs  of  its 
community  and  to  take  that  record  into  account  in  its  evaluation  of  certain  applications  by  the  Bank.  For  example,  the  regulations 
specify  that  a  bank’s  CRA  performance  will  be  considered  in  its  expansion  (e.g.,  branching)  proposals  and  may  be  the  basis  for 
approving, denying or conditioning the approval of an application. As of the date of its most recent regulatory examination, the Bank 
was rated “satisfactory” with respect to its CRA compliance.

USA PATRIOT Act

The  USA  PATRIOT  Act  of  2001  gave  the  federal  government  new  powers  to  address  terrorist  threats  through  enhanced  domestic 
security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. 
The USA PATRIOT Act also required the federal banking agencies to take into consideration the effectiveness of controls designed to 
combat  money  laundering  activities  in  determining  whether  to  approve  a  merger  or  other  acquisition  application  of  a  member 
institution.  Accordingly,  if  the  Bank  engages  in  a  merger  or  other  acquisition,  our  controls  designed  to  combat  money  laundering 
would be considered as part of the application process. The Bank has established policies, procedures and systems designed to comply
with these regulations. 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc.

The Company, as a bank holding company controlling the Bank, is subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended 
(“BHCA”), and the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board under the BHCA applicable to bank holding companies. The 
Company is required to file reports with, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board.

The Federal Reserve Board has adopted consolidated capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding structured similarly to those of the 
OCC for the Bank. As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s total capital and Tier 1 capital ratios exceeded these minimum capital 
requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate consolidated capital requirements for depository 
institution  holding  companies  that  are  no  less  stringent,  both  quantitatively  and  in  terms  of  components  of  capital,  than  those 
applicable  to  institutions  themselves.  That  will  eliminate  the  inclusion  of certain  instruments  from  Tier  1  capital,  such  as  trust 
preferred securities, that are currently includable for bank holding companies with consolidated assets of less than $15 billion as of 
December 31, 2009 are grandfathered.

The policy of the Federal Reserve Board is that a bank holding company must serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks by 
providing capital and other support in times of distress. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the source of strength policy and requires the 
issuance of implementing regulations.

Under the prompt corrective action provisions of federal law, a bank holding company parent of an undercapitalized subsidiary bank is 
required  to  guarantee,  within  specified  limits,  the  capital  restoration  plan  that  is  required  of  an  undercapitalized  bank.  If  an 
undercapitalized bank fails to file an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails to implement an accepted plan, the Federal Reserve 
Board may prohibit the bank holding company parent of the undercapitalized bank from paying dividends or making any other capital 
distribution.

As a bank holding company, the Company is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board to acquire more than 
5% of a class of voting securities of any additional bank or bank holding company or to acquire all, or substantially all, the assets of 
any additional bank or bank holding company. In addition, the bank holding companies may generally only engage in activities that 

Page -5-

are closely related to banking as determined by the Federal Reserve Board. Bank holding companies that meet certain criteria may opt 
to become a financial holding company and thereby engage in a broader array of financial activities.

Federal Reserve Board policy is that a bank  holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the company’s net 
income for the past two years is sufficient to fund the dividends and the prospective rate of earnings retention is consistent with the 
company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.

A bank  holding  company  is  required  to  receive  prior  Federal  Reserve  Board  approval  of  the  redemption  of  its  outstanding  equity 
securities  if  the  gross  consideration  for  the  purchase  or  redemption,  when  combined  with  the  net  consideration  paid  for  all  such 
purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months,  will be equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net  worth. 
Such approval is not required for a bank holding company that meets certain qualitative criteria.

These  regulatory  authorities  have  extensive  enforcement  authority  over  the  institutions  that  they  regulate  to  prohibit  or  correct 
activities  that  violate  law,  regulation  or  a  regulatory  agreement  or  which  are  deemed  to  be  unsafe  or  unsound  banking  practices. 
Enforcement  actions  may  include  the  appointment  of  a  conservator  or  receiver,  the  issuance  of  a  cease  and  desist  order,  the 
termination  of  deposit  insurance,  the  imposition  of  civil  money  penalties  on  the  institution,  its  directors,  officers,  employees  and 
institution-affiliated parties, the issuance of directives to increase capital, the issuance of formal and informal agreements, the removal 
of  or  restrictions  on  directors,  officers,  employees  and  institution-affiliated  parties,  and  the  enforcement  of  any  such  mechanisms 
through restraining orders or other court actions.  Any change in  laws and regulations,  whether by  the OCC,  the FDIC, the Federal 
Reserve Board or through legislation, could have a material adverse impact on the Bank and the Company and their operations and 
stockholders. Additional information on regulatory requirements is set forth in Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The  Company  had  nominal  results  of  operations  for  2011,  2010,  and  2009  on  a  parent-only  basis.    On  December  20,  2011,  the 
Company raised $24.1 million in capital from the sale of 1,377,000 shares of common stock to selected institutional and other private 
investors in a registered direct offering. In November 2011, the Company filed a prospectus supplement under which it may from time 
to time sell up to $10.0 million of its common stock pursuant to an at-the-market equity offering program. During 2011 the Company
issued 30,220 shares of common stock and raised $0.6 million in capital under this program. On May 27, 2011, the Company issued 
273,479 shares of common stock with an aggregate value of $5.8 million in connection with the acquisition of Hamptons State Bank. 
In  2009,  the  Company  completed  the  private  placement  of  $16.0  million  in  aggregate  liquidation  amount  of  8.50%  cumulative 
convertible trust preferred securities (the "TPS”), through its subsidiary, Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II. The TPS have a liquidation 
amount of $1,000 per security and the TPS shares are convertible into our common stock, at an effective conversion price of $31 per 
share.    The  TPS  mature  in  30  years  but  are  callable  by  the  company  at  par  any  time  after  September  30,  2014.  In  April  2009,  the 
Company  announced  that  its  Board  of Directors  approved  and  adopted  a  Dividend  Reinvestment  Plan  (“DRP  Plan”)  and  filed  a 
registration  statement  on  Form  S-3  to  register  600,000  shares  of  common  stock  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission 
(“SEC”) pursuant to the DRP Plan. Since the inception of the DRP Plan in April 2009 through December 31, 2011, the Company has 
issued 307,912 shares of common stock and raised $6.3 million in capital. During 2008, the Company received approval and began 
trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “BDGE”. Equity incentive plan grants of stock options and stock 
awards are recorded directly to the holding company. The Company’s sources of funds are dependent on dividends from the Bank, its 
own earnings, additional capital raised and borrowings. The information in this report reflects principally the financial condition and 
results of operations of the Bank. The Bank’s results of operations are primarily dependent on its net interest income. The Bank also 
generates  non  interest  income,  such  as  fee  income  on  deposit  accounts  and  merchant  credit  and  debit  card  processing  programs, 
investment services, income from its title insurance abstract subsidiary, and net gains on sales of securities and loans. The level of its 
non  interest  expenses,  such  as  salaries  and  benefits,  occupancy  and  equipment  costs,  other  general  and  administrative  expenses, 
expenses from its title insurance abstract subsidiary, and income tax expense, further affects the Bank’s net income. 

The  Company  files  certain  reports  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (“SEC”)  under  the  federal  securities  laws.  The 
Company’s  operations  are  also  subject  to  extensive  regulation  by  other  federal,  state  and  local  governmental  authorities  and  it  is 
subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions on part or all of its operations. 
Management believes that the Company is in substantial compliance, in all material respects, with applicable federal, state and local 
laws, rules and regulations. Because the Company’s business is highly regulated, the laws, rules and regulations applicable to it are 
subject to regular modification and change. There can be no assurance that these proposed laws, rules and regulations, or any other 
laws, rules or regulations, will not be adopted in the future, which could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise 
adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition or prospects.

OTHER INFORMATION

Through  a  link  on  the  Investor  Relations  section  of  the  Bank’s  website  of  www.bridgenb.com,  copies  of  the  Company’s  Annual 
Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or 
furnished  pursuant  to  Section  13(a)  for  15(d)  of  the  Exchange  Act,  are  made  available,  free  of  charge,  as  soon  as  reasonably 
practicable after electronically filing such material with, or furnishing it to, the SEC. Copies of such reports and other information also 
are available at no charge to any person who requests them or at www.sec.gov. Such requests may be directed to Bridge Bancorp, Inc., 
Investor Relations, 2200 Montauk Highway, PO Box 3005, Bridgehampton, NY 11932, (631) 537-1000.

Page -6-

Item 1A. Risk Factors

The concentration of our loan portfolio in loans secured by commercial and residential real estate properties located in eastern Long 
Island could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations if general economic conditions or real estate 
values in this area decline.

Unlike larger banks that are more geographically diversified, the Bank’s loan portfolio consists primarily of real estate loans secured 
by commercial and residential real estate properties located in the Bank’s principal lending area in Suffolk County which is located on 
eastern  Long  Island.  The  local  economic  conditions  on  eastern  Long  Island  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  volume  of  loan 
originations and the quality of our loans, the ability of borrowers to repay these loans, and the value of collateral securing these loans. 
A considerable decline in the general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, unemployment or other factors beyond our 
control  would impact these local economic conditions and  could negatively affect our financial condition and results  of operations. 
Additionally,  while  we  have  a  significant  amount  of  commercial  real  estate  loans,  the  majority  of  which  are  owner-occupied, 
decreases in tenant occupancy may also have a negative effect on the ability of borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, 
which would have an adverse impact on our earnings.

Changes in interest rates could affect our profitability.

The Bank’s ability to earn a profit, like most financial institutions, depends primarily on net interest income, which is the difference 
between the interest income that the Bank earns on its interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and the interest expense 
that  the  Bank  pays  on  its  interest-bearing  liabilities,  such  as  deposits.  The  Bank’s  profitability  depends  on  its  ability  to  manage  its 
assets and liabilities during periods of changing market interest rates.

In a period of rising interest rates, the interest income earned on the Bank’s assets may not increase as rapidly as the interest paid on 
its liabilities. In an increasing interest rate environment, the Bank’s cost of  funds is expected to increase  more rapidly  than interest 
earned on its loan and investment portfolio as its primary source of funds is deposits with generally shorter maturities than those on its 
loans and investments. This makes the balance sheet more liability sensitive in the short term.

A sustained decrease in market interest rates could adversely affect the Bank’s earnings. When interest rates decline, borrowers tend to 
refinance  higher-rate,  fixed-rate  loans  at  lower  rates.  Under  those  circumstances,  the  Bank  would  not  be  able  to  reinvest  those 
prepayments  in  assets  earning  interest  rates  as  high  as  the  rates  on  those  prepaid  loans  or  in  investment  securities.  In  addition,  the 
majority of the Bank’s loans are at variable interest rates, which would adjust to lower rates.

Changes in interest rates also affect the fair value of our securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities moves inversely with 
changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2011, our securities portfolio totaled $610.6 million.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act eliminated the federal prohibition on paying interest on 
demand  deposits  effective  July 21,  2011,  thus  allowing  businesses  to  have  interest-bearing  checking  accounts. Depending  on 
competitive responses, this change to existing law could increase our interest expense.

Strong competition within our market area may limit our growth and profitability.

The Bank’s market area is located in Suffolk County on eastern Long Island and its customer base is mainly located in the towns of 
East Hampton, Southampton, Southold and Riverhead. In 2009, the Bank expanded its market areas to include a branch in Shirley, 
New York located in the town of Brookhaven. In 2010, the Bank continued to expand westward to Center Moriches and Patchogue, 
New York located in the town of Brookhaven, New York and Deer Park, New York located within the town of Babylon. Competition 
in  the  banking  and  financial  services  industry  remains  intense.  The  profitability  of  the  Bank  depends  on  the  continued  ability  to 
successfully compete. The Bank competes with commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions, insurance companies, and brokerage 
and investment banking firms. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than the Bank and may 
offer certain services that the Bank does not provide. In addition, competitors may offer deposits at higher rates and loans with lower 
fixed rates, more attractive terms and less stringent credit structures than the Bank has been willing to offer. Furthermore, the high cost 
of living on the twin forks of eastern Long Island creates increased competition for the recruitment and retention of qualified staff.

Our future success depends on the success and growth of The Bridgehampton National Bank.

Our  primary  business  activity  for  the  foreseeable  future  will  be  to  act  as  the  holding  company  of  the  Bank.  Therefore,  our  future 
profitability will depend on the success and growth of this subsidiary. The continued and successful implementation of our growth 
strategy will require, among other things, that we increase our market share by attracting new customers that currently bank at other 
financial  institutions  in  our  market  area.
In  addition,  our  ability  to  successfully  grow  will  depend  on  several  factors,  including 
favorable market conditions, the competitive responses from other financial institutions in our market area, and our ability to maintain 
high asset quality. While we believe we have the management resources, market opportunities and internal systems in place to obtain 
and successfully manage future growth, growth opportunities may not be available and we may not be successful in continuing our 

Page -7-

growth strategy. In addition, continued growth requires that we incur additional expenses, including salaries and occupancy expense 
related to new branches and related support staff. Many of these increased expenses are considered fixed expenses. Unless we can 
successfully continue our growth, our results of operations could be negatively affected by these increased costs. Finally, our growth 
is also affected by the seasonality of our markets in Eastern Long Island, including the Hamptons and North Fork, a region that is a 
recreational destination for the New York metropolitan area, and a highly regarded resort locale world-wide. This seasonality results 
in more economic activity in the summer months and decrease activity in the off season, which can adversely impact the consistency 
and sustainability of growth.

The loss of key personnel could impair our future success.

Our future success depends in part on the continued service of our executive officers, other key management, as well as our staff, and 
on our ability to continue to attract, motivate, and retain additional highly qualified employees. The loss of services of one or more of 
our  key  personnel  or  our  inability  to  timely  recruit  replacements  for  such  personnel,  or  to  otherwise  attract,  motivate,  or  retain 
qualified personnel could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We operate in a highly regulated environment.

The Bank and Company are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the OCC, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve 
Board and the SEC. Such regulation and supervision governs the activities in  which a financial institution and its holding company 
may  engage  and  are  intended  primarily  for  the  protection  of  the  consumer  rather  than  for  the  protection  of  shareholders.  Recently 
regulators  have  intensified  their  focus  on  the  USA  PATRIOT  Act’s  anti-money  laundering  and  Bank  Secrecy  Act  compliance 
requirements. In order to comply  with regulations,  guidelines and examination procedures in  this area as  well as other areas of the 
Bank’s operations, we have been required to adopt new policies and procedures and to install new systems. We cannot be certain that 
the  policies,  procedures,  and systems  we  have  in  place  are  effective  and  there  is  no  assurance  that  in  every  instance  we  are  in  full
compliance  with  these  requirements.  Regulatory  authorities  have  extensive  discretion  in  connection  with  their  supervisory  and
enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on the operation of an institution. Any change in such regulation and 
oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, or legislation, may have a material impact on our operations.

We may be adversely affected by current economic and market conditions.

The  national  and  global  economic  downturn  that  began  in  2007  has  resulted  in  unprecedented  levels  of  financial  market  volatility 
which  depressed  the  market  value  of  financial  institutions,  limited  access  to  capital  and/or  had  a  material  adverse  effect  on the 
financial condition or results of operations of banking companies. Since 2008, significant declines in the values of mortgage-backed 
securities  and  derivative  securities  of  financial  institutions,  government  sponsored  entities,  and  major  commercial  and  investment 
banks  has  led  to  decreased  confidence  in  financial  markets  among  borrowers,  lenders,  and  depositors,  as  well  as  disruption  and
extreme volatility in the capital and credit markets and the failure of some entities in the financial sector. As a result, many lenders and 
institutional investors have reduced or ceased to provide funding to borrowers. While financial markets appear to be stabilizing, and 
there  are  a  few  positive  signs  of  economic  recovery,  including  increased  local  real  estate  activity,  economic  uncertainty  remains. 
Unemployment rates are high and consumer confidence is low. While the timing of an economic recovery remains unknown, this may
have an adverse affect on our financial condition and results of operations. Turbulence in the capital and credit markets may adversely 
affect our liquidity and financial condition and the willingness of certain counterparties and customers to do business with us.

Increases to the allowance for credit losses may cause our earnings to decrease.

Our customers may not repay their loans according to the original terms, and the collateral securing the payment of those loans may be 
insufficient to pay any remaining loan balance. Hence, we may experience significant loan losses, which could have a material adverse 
effect on our operating results. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio, including 
the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans. 
In determining the amount of the allowance for credit losses, we rely on loan quality reviews, past loss experience, and an evaluation 
of  economic  conditions,  among  other  factors.  If  our  assumptions  prove  to  be  incorrect,  our  allowance  for  credit  losses  may  not  be 
sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance. Material additions to  the allowance 
through charges to earnings would materially decrease our net income.

Bank regulators periodically review our allowance for credit losses and may require us to increase our provision for credit losses or 
loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for credit losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities could
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and/or financial condition.

The trust preferred securities that we issued have rights that are senior to those of our common shareholders. The conversion of the 
trust preferred securities into shares of our common stock could result in dilution of your investment.

In October 2009 we issued $16 million of 8.5% cumulative convertible trust preferred securities from a special purpose trust, and we 
issued an identical amount of junior subordinated debentures to this trust. Payments of the principal and interest on the trust preferred 

Page -8-

securities are conditionally guaranteed by us. Further, the accompanying junior subordinated debentures that we issued to the trust are 
senior  to  our  shares  of  common stock.  As  a  result,  we  must  make  payments  on  the  junior  subordinated  debentures  before  any 
dividends can be paid on our common stock and, in the event of our bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, the obligations with respect 
to the junior subordinated debentures must be satisfied before any distributions can be made on our common stock. We have the right 
to  defer  distributions  on  the  junior  subordinated  debentures  (and  the  related  trust  preferred  securities)  for  up  to  five  years,  during 
which time no dividends may be paid on our common stock.

In addition, each $1,000 in liquidation amount of the trust preferred securities currently is convertible, at the option of the holder, into 
32.2581 shares of our common stock. The conversion of these securities into shares of our common stock would dilute the ownership 
interests of purchasers of our common stock in this offering.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act will, among other things, tighten capital standards, create a new 
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and result in new laws and regulations that are expected to increase our cost of operations.

The  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act  (the  “Dodd-Frank  Act”)  is  significantly  changing  the  bank 
regulatory structure and is affecting the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their 
holding  companies.  The  Dodd-Frank  Act  requires  various  federal  agencies  to  adopt  a  broad  range  of  new  implementing  rules and 
regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting 
the implementing rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not 
be known for many months or years.

Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are expected to have a near-term effect on us. For example, a provision of the Dodd-Frank 
Act  eliminated  the  federal  prohibitions  on  paying  interest  on  demand  deposits,  thus  allowing  businesses  to  have  interest-bearing 
checking accounts. Depending on competitive responses, this significant change to existing law could increase our interest expense.

The  Dodd-Frank  Act  created  a  new  Consumer  Financial  Protection Bureau  with  broad  powers  to  supervise  and  enforce  consumer 
protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection 
laws  that  apply  to  all  banks  and  savings  institutions,  including  the  authority  to  prohibit  “unfair,  deceptive  or  abusive”  acts  and 
practices.  The  Consumer  Financial  Protection  Bureau  has  examination  and  enforcement  authority  over  all  banks  and  savings 
institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets will be examined by 
their  applicable  bank  regulators. The  Dodd-Frank  Act  also  weakens  the  federal  preemption  rules that  have  been  applicable  for 
national banks and federal savings associations, and  gives  state attorneys  general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection 
laws.

It is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact the Dodd-Frank Act and the many yet to be written implementing rules and 
regulations will have on community banks. However, it is expected that at a minimum they will increase our operating and compliance 
costs and could increase our interest expense.

Our information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security.

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption, or breach in security 
or  operational  integrity  of  these  systems  could  result  in  failures  or  disruptions  in  our  customer  relationship  management,  general 
ledger, deposit, loan, and other systems. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, 
interruption,  or  security  breach  of  our  information  systems,  we  cannot  assure  you  that  any  such  failures,  interruptions,  or  security 
breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions, or 
security  breaches  of  our  information  systems  could  damage  our  reputation,  result  in  a  loss  of  customer  business,  subject  us  to
additional  regulatory  scrutiny,  or  expose  us  to  civil  litigation  and  possible  financial  liability,  any  of  which  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

At present, the Registrant does not own or lease any property. The Registrant uses the Bank’s space and employees without separate 
payment.  Headquarters  are  located  at  2200  Montauk  Highway,  Bridgehampton,  New  York  11932.  The  Bank’s  internet  address  is 
www.bridgenb.com.

All of the Bank’s properties are located in Suffolk County, New York. The Bank’s Main Office in Bridgehampton is owned. The Bank 
also owns buildings that house its Montauk Branch located at 1 The Plaza, Montauk; its Southold Branch located at 54790 Main Road, 

Page -9-

Southold;  its  Westhampton  Beach  Office  at  194  Mill  Road,  Westhampton  Beach;  its  Southampton  Village  Branch  located  at  150 
Hampton  Road,  Southampton;  and  its  East  Hampton  Village  Branch  located  at  8  Gingerbread  Lane,  East  Hampton.  The  Bank 
currently  leases  out  a  portion  of  the  Montauk  building  and  the  Westhampton  Beach  building.  The  Bank  leases  thirteen  additional 
properties in Suffolk County on Long Island as branch locations at 15 Frowein Road, Center Moriches; 32845 Main Road, Cutchogue; 
410 Commack Road, Deer Park; 55 Main Street, East Hampton; 218 Front Street, Greenport; 48 East Montauk Highway, Hampton 
Bays;  Mattituck  Plaza,  Main  Road,  Mattituck;  41  East  Main  Street,  Patchogue;  2  Bay  Street,  Sag  Harbor;  425  County  Road  39A, 
Southampton; 243 Windmill Lane, Southampton; 6324 Route 25A, Wading River and 630 Montauk Highway, Shirley. Additionally, 
the Bank utilizes space for a branch in the retirement community, Peconic Landing at 1500 Brecknock Road, Greenport. The Bank
currently  subleases  a  portion  of the  leased  property  located  in  Patchogue.  In  2011,  the  Bank  purchased  real  estate  in  the  Town  of 
Southold which will also be considered as a site for a future branch facility.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The  Registrant  and  its  subsidiary  are  subject  to  certain  pending and  threatened  legal  actions  that  arise  out  of  the  normal  course  of 
business.  In  the  opinion  of  management  at  the  present  time,  the  resolution  of  any  pending  or  threatened  litigation  will  not  have  a 
material adverse effect on its consolidated financial statements.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

PART II 

Item  5.  Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of 
Equity Securities 

COMMON STOCK INFORMATION 

The Company’s common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol, “BDGE”. The following table details 
the quarterly high and low sale prices of the Company’s common stock and the dividends declared for such periods.

At December 31, 2011 the Company had approximately 788 shareholders of record, not including the number of persons or entities 
holding stock in nominee or the street name through various banks and brokers.

COMMON STOCK INFORMATION

By Quarter 2011
First
Second
Third
Fourth

By Quarter 2010
First
Second
Third
Fourth

Stock Prices

High

Low

Dividends
Declared

25.94
22.68
22.19
20.79

$
$
$
$

20.94
20.73
17.77
17.51

$
$
$
$

0.23
—
0.23
0.23

Stock Prices

High

Low

Dividends
Declared

26.05
27.11
26.50
26.19

$
$
$
$

21.30
20.33
21.57
23.25

$
$
$
$

0.23
0.23
0.23
0.23

$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$

Stockholders received cash dividends totaling $6.1 million in 2011 and $5.8 million in 2010. During the second quarter of 2011, the 
Board revised its policy of dividend declaration to the month following the end of the quarter. This change in policy resulted in the 
declaration of the second quarter dividend in July 2011. The ratio of dividends per share to net income per share was 44.35% in 2011 
compared to 63.42% in 2010.

Page -10-

There are various legal limitations with respect to the Company’s ability to pay dividends to shareholders and the Bank’s ability to pay 
dividends  to  the  Company. Under  the  New  York  Business  Corporation  Law,  the  Company  may  pay  dividends  on  its  outstanding 
shares unless the Company is insolvent or would be made insolvent by the dividend. Under federal banking law, the prior approval of 
the Federal Reserve Board and the Office Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) may be required in certain circumstances prior to 
the payment of dividends by the Company or the Bank. A national bank may generally declare a dividend, without approval from the 
OCC, in an amount equal to its year-to-date net income plus the prior two years’ net income that is still available for dividend. At 
December 31, 2011, the Bank had $28.7 million of retained net income available for dividends to the Company.  The OCC also has
the authority to prohibit a national bank from paying dividends if such payment is deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice. In 
addition, as a depository institution the deposits of which are insured by the FDIC, the Bank may not pay dividends or distribute any 
of its capital assets while it remains in default on any assessment due to the FDIC. The Bank currently is not (and never has been) in 
default under any of its obligations to the FDIC.

The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies. In general, 
the Federal Reserve Board’s policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate 
of earnings retention by the bank holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall 
financial condition. The Federal Reserve Board has the authority to prohibit the Company from paying dividends if such payment is 
deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice.

In April 2009, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved and adopted a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (“DRP Plan”) 
and  filed  a  registration  statement  on  Form  S-3  to  register  600,000  shares  of  common  stock  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to the DRP Plan. In April 2010, the Company increased the discount from 3% to 5%, and raised the 
quarterly optional cash purchase amount to $50,000 under the DRP Plan. Proceeds from the issuance of common stock related to the 
DRP  Plan  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2011 and  2010,  was  $4.6  million  and  $1.4  million,  respectively.  Since  the 
inception of the DRP Plan in April 2009 through December 31, 2011, the Company has issued 307,912 shares of common stock and 
raised $6.3 million in capital. On May 27, 2011, the Company issued 273,479 shares of common stock with an aggregate value of $5.8 
million in connection with the acquisition of Hamptons State Bank. In November 2011, the Company filed a prospectus supplement 
under  which  it  may  from  time  to  time  sell  up  to  $10.0  million of  its  common  stock  pursuant  to  an  at-the-market  equity  offering 
program. During 2011 the Company issued 30,220 shares of common stock and raised $0.6 million in capital under this program. On 
December  20,  2011,  the  Company  raised  $24.1  million  in  capital  from the  sale  of  1,377,000 shares  of  common  stock to  selected 
institutional and other private investors in a registered direct offering.

Page -11-

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

Pursuant to the regulations of the SEC, the graph below compares the performance of the Company with that of the total return for the 
NASDAQ® stock market and for certain bank stocks of financial institutions with an asset size $1 billion to $5 billion, as reported by 
SNL  Financial  L.C.  from  December  31,  2006 through  December  31,  2011.  The  graph  assumes  the  reinvestment  of  dividends  in 
additional shares of the same class of equity securities as those listed below.

Bridge Bancorp, Inc.

Total Return Performance

140

120

100

80

60

40

e
u
l
a
V
x
e
d
n

I

Bridge Bancorp, Inc.

NASDAQ Composite

SNL Bank $1B-$5B

20
12/31/06

12/31/07

12/31/08

12/31/09

12/31/10

12/31/11

Index
Bridge Bancorp, Inc.
NASDAQ Composite
SNL Bank $500M-$1B

Period Ended

12/31/06
100.00
100.00
100.00

12/31/07
105.14
110.66
72.84

12/31/08
83.80
66.42
60.42

12/31/09
113.24
96.54
43.31

12/31/10
120.53
114.06
49.09

12/31/11
100.51
113.16
44.77

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program on March 27, 2006 which approved the repurchase of 309,000 shares. 
No  shares  have  been  purchased  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011.  The  total  number  of  shares  purchased  as  part  of  the 
publicly announced plan totaled 141,959 as of December 31, 2011. The maximum number of remaining shares that may be purchased 
under the plan totals 167,041 as of December 31, 2011. There is no expiration date for the stock repurchase plan. There is no stock 
repurchase plan that has expired or that has been terminated during the period ended December 31, 2011.

Page -12-

 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data

Five-Year Summary of Operations 
(In thousands, except per share data and financial ratios)

Set forth below are selected consolidated financial and other data of the Company. The Company’s business is primarily the business 
of the Bank. This financial data is derived in part from, and should be read in conjunction with, the Consolidated Financial Statements 
of the Company.

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

December 31,
Selected Financial Data:

Securities available for sale
Securities, restricted
Securities held to maturity
Loans held for sale
Loans held for investment
Total assets
Total deposits
Total stockholders’ equity

Years Ended December 31,
Selected Operating Data:

Total interest income
Total interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan losses

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
Total non  interest income
Total non  interest expense

Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income

December 31,
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:

Return on average equity
Return on average assets
Average equity to average assets
Dividend payout ratio
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
Cash dividends declared per common share

$

$

$

$
$
$

441,439
1,660
169,153
2,300
612,143
1,337,458
1,188,185
106,987

50,426
7,616
42,810
3,900

38,910
6,949
30,837

15,022
4,663
10,359

$

$

$

323,539
1,284
147,965
—
504,060
1,028,456
916,993
65,720

$ 306,112
1,205
77,424
—
448,038
897,257
793,538
61,855

$ 310,695
3,800
43,444
—
429,683
839,059
659,085
56,139

$ 187,384
2,387
5,836
—
375,236
607,424
508,909
51,109

44,899
7,740
37,159
3,500

33,659
7,433
27,879

13,213
4,047
9,166

$

$

43,368
7,815
35,553
4,150

31,403
6,174
24,765

12,812
4,049
8,763

$

$

$
$
$

39,620
9,489
30,131
2,000

28,131
6,064
21,157

13,038
4,288
8,750

16.29%
1.24%
7.62%
64.74%
1.42
1.42
0.92

$

$

$
$
$

35,864
10,437
25,427
600

24,827
5,678
18,168

12,337
4,043
8,294

17.47%
1.38%
7.91%
67.67%
1.36
1.36
0.92

14.37%
0.88%
6.11%
44.35%
1.54
1.54
0.69

$
$
$

15.29%
0.95%
6.18%
63.42%
1.45
1.45
0.92

$
$
$

15.58%
1.06%
6.80%
65.43%
1.41
1.41
0.92

Page -13-

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT SAFE HARBOR STATEMENT

This report may contain statements relating to the future results of the Company (including certain projections and business trends) 
that are considered “forward-looking statements” as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “PSLRA”).  
Such forward-looking statements, in addition to historical information, which involve risk and uncertainties, are based on the beliefs, 
assumptions  and  expectations  of  management  of  the  Company.    Words  such  as  “expects,”  “believes,”    “should,”  “plans,” 
“anticipates,”  “will,”  “potential,”  “could,”  “intend,”  “may,”  “outlook,”  “predict,”  “project,”  “would,”  “estimated,”  “assumes,” 
“likely,” and variation of such similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements.  Examples of forward-
looking statements include, but are not limited to, possible or assumed estimates with respect to the financial condition, expected or 
anticipated  revenue,  and  results  of  operations  and  business  of  the  Company,  including earnings  growth;  revenue  growth  in  retail 
banking lending and other areas; origination volume in the  consumer, commercial and other lending businesses; current and future 
capital  management  programs;  non-interest  income  levels,  including  fees  from  the  title  abstract  subsidiary  and  banking  services  as 
well as product sales; tangible capital generation; market share; expense levels; and other business operations and strategies.  For this 
presentation, the Company claims the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the PSLRA.

Factors  that  could  cause  future  results  to  vary  from  current  management  expectations  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  changing
economic  conditions; legislative and regulatory changes, including increases in FDIC insurance rates; monetary and fiscal policies of 
the  federal  government;  changes  in  tax  policies;  rates  and  regulations  of  federal,  state  and  local  tax  authorities;  changes  in  interest 
rates; deposit flows; the cost of funds; demands for loan products; demand for financial services; competition; changes in the quality 
and composition of the Bank’s loan and investment portfolios; changes in management’s business strategies; changes in accounting 
principles,  policies  or  guidelines,  changes  in  real  estate  values;  a  failure  to  realize  or  an  unexpected  delay  in  realizing,  the  growth 
opportunities and cost savings anticipated from the Hamptons State Bank merger; an unexpected increase in operating costs, customer 
losses  and  business  disruptions    following  the  Hamptons  State  Bank  merger;  expanded  regulatory  requirements  as  a  result  of  the 
Dodd-Frank Act, which could adversely affect operating results; and other factors discussed elsewhere in this report, factors set forth 
under Item 1A., Risk Factors, and in quarterly and other reports filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
The forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this report, and the Company assumes no obligation to update the forward-
looking statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those projected in the forward-looking statements.

OVERVIEW

Who We Are and How We Generate Income

Bridge  Bancorp,  Inc.,  a  New  York  corporation,  is  a  single  bank  holding  company  formed  in  1989.  On  a parent-only  basis,  the 
Company  has  had  minimal  results  of  operations.  The  Company  is  dependent  on  dividends  from  its  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  The 
Bridgehampton  National  Bank  (“the  Bank”),  its  own  earnings,  additional  capital  raised,  and  borrowings  as  sources  of  funds.  The 
information  in  this  report  reflects  principally  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the  Bank.  The  Bank’s  results  of 
operations are primarily dependent on its net interest income,  which is  mainly the difference between interest income on loans and 
investments and interest expense on deposits and borrowings. The Bank also  generates non interest income, such as  fee income on 
deposit  accounts  and  merchant  credit  and  debit  card  processing  programs,  investment  services,  income  from  its  title  abstract 
subsidiary,  and  net  gains  on  sales  of  securities  and  loans.  The  level  of  its  non  interest  expenses,  such  as  salaries  and  benefits, 
occupancy and equipment costs, other general and administrative expenses, expenses from its title insurance subsidiary, and income 
tax  expense,  further  affects  the  Bank’s  net  income.  Certain  reclassifications  have  been  made  to  prior  year  amounts  and  the  related 
discussion and analysis to conform to the current year presentation.

Year and Quarterly Highlights

•

•

•

•

•

Net  income  of  $3.0 million  and  $0.42  per  diluted  share  for  the  fourth  quarter  2011  compared  to  $2.4  million  or 
$0.38  per  diluted  share  for  the  fourth  quarter  2010.  Net  income  of  $10.4 million  and  $1.54 per  diluted  share, 
including $0.5 million in acquisition costs, net of tax, associated  with the HSB  merger, which closed on May 27, 
2011. Net income for 2010 was $9.2 million and $1.45 per diluted share.

Returns on average assets and equity for 2011 including $0.5 million in acquisition costs, net of tax, were 0.88% and 
14.37%, respectively. 

Net interest income increased to $42.8 million for 2011 compared to $37.2 million in 2010.

Net interest margin was 3.97% for 2011 and 4.22% for 2010.

Total assets of $1.3 billion at December 31, 2011, an increase of $0.3 billion or 30.0% over the same date last year.

Page -14-

•

•

•

•

•

•

Total loans held for investments of $612.1 million at December 31, 2011, an increase of 21.4% from December 31, 
2010.  Loans held for sale were $2.3 million at December 31, 2011.

Total investments of $612.3 million at December 31, 2011, an increase of 29.5% over December 31, 2010.

Total deposits of $1.2 billion at December 31, 2011, an increase of $271.2 million or 29.6% over 2010 level. 

Allowance for loan losses, which was calculated on the loans originated by Bridgehampton (total loans excluding 
$31.9 million of HSB acquired loans), was 1.87% as of December 31, 2011, compared to 1.69% at December 31, 
2010.

The Company’s capital levels increased compared to prior year with a Tier 1 Capital to quarterly average assets ratio 
of  9.3% as  compared  to  7.9%  as  of  2010.  Stockholders’  equity  totaled  $107.0  million  at  December  31,  2011,  an 
increase of $41.3 million from December 31, 2010 as a result of the capital raised through common stock offerings, 
the HSB transaction and the DRIP, as well as continued earnings growth, net of dividends.

A cash dividend of $0.23 per share was declared in January 2012 for the fourth quarter of 2011.

Significant Events

On February 8, 2011, the Company announced a definitive merger agreement under which the Bank would acquire HSB. The HSB 
transaction closed on May 27, 2011 resulting in the addition of total acquired assets on a fair value basis of $68.9 million, with loans 
of $38.9 million, investment securities of $24.2 million and deposits of $56.9 million. The transaction augments the Bank’s franchise 
in eastern Long Island and the combined entity serves customers through a network of 20 branches.

Under  the  terms  of  the  Agreement,  each  share  of  Hamptons  State  Bank  common  stock  was  converted  into  0.3434  shares  of  the 
Company’s  common  stock.  The  Company  issued  approximately  273,500  shares,  with  an  aggregate  value  of  $5.85  million  and 
recorded goodwill of $2.0 million.

In November 2011, the Company filed a prospectus supplement under which it may from time to time sell up to $10.0 million of its 
common  stock  pursuant  to  an  at-the-market  equity  offering  program.  During  2011, the  Company issued  30,220 shares  of  common 
stock and raised $0.6 million in capital under the program. On December 20, 2011, the Company raised $24.1 million in capital from
the sale of 1,377,000 shares of common stock to selected institutional and other private investors in a registered direct offering.

Current Environment 

On February 27, 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule, effective  April 1, 2009, to change the  way that the FDIC’s assessment system 
differentiates for risk and to set new assessment rates beginning with the second quarter of 2009. In May 2009, the FDIC issued a final 
rule to impose an emergency special assessment of 5 basis points on all banks based on their total assets less tier one capital as of June 
30, 2009.  The special assessment was payable on September 30, 2009. During the second quarter of 2009, the Company recorded an 
expense of $0.4 million related to the FDIC special assessment. In November 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule that required insured 
institutions  to  prepay  their  estimated  quarterly  risk-based  assessments  for  the  fourth  quarter  of  2009  and  for  all  of  2010,  2011  and 
2012.  The  FDIC  also  adopted  a  uniform  3  basis  point  increase  in  assessment  rates  effective  on  January  1,  2011.  The  Company’s 
prepayment  of  FDIC  assessments  for  2010,  2011  and  2012  was  made  on  December  31,  2009  totaling  $3.8  million  which  will  be 
amortized to expense over three years.  

On  April  13,  2010,  the  FDIC  approved  an  interim  rule  that  extends  the  Transaction  Account  Guarantee  Program  which  offers 
unlimited deposit insurance on non-interest bearing accounts until December 31, 2012. 

On  July  21,  2010,  the  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act  was  signed  by  the  President.  The  Act 
permanently  raised  the  current  standard  maximum  deposit  insurance  amount  to  $250,000.  Section  331(b)  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Wall 
Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act required the FDIC to change the definition of the assessment base from which assessment 
fees  are  determined.  The  new  definition  for  the  assessment  base  is  the  average  consolidated  total  assets  of  the  insured  depository 
institution less the average tangible equity of the insured depository institution. The new methodology became effective on April 1, 
2011 and the Company recorded a reduction in its FDIC assessment  fees of $0.4  million in 2011. The financial reform legislation, 
among other things, created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, tightened capital standards and resulted in new regulations 
that are expected to increase the cost of operations. Refer to Item 1A. Risk Factors for more detailed information related to this new 
regulation.

On August 5, 2011, Standard & Poor’s downgraded the United States long-term debt rating from its AAA rating to AA+.   On August 
8, 2011, Standard & Poor's downgraded the credit ratings  of certain long-term debt instruments issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie 
Mac and other U.S. government agencies linked to long-term U.S. debt. Instruments of this nature are key assets on the balance sheets 

Page -15-

of  financial  institutions,  including  the  Bank.    These  downgrades  could  adversely  affect the  market  value  of  such  instruments,  and 
could adversely impact the Company’s ability to obtain funding that is collateralized by affected instruments, as well as affecting the 
pricing of that funding when it is available. We cannot predict if, when or how these changes to the credit ratings will affect economic 
conditions. 

Opportunities and Challenges

Since the second half of 2007 and continuing through 2010, the financial markets experienced significant volatility resulting from the 
continued fallout of sub-prime lending and the global liquidity crises. A multitude of government initiatives along with eight rate cuts 
by  the  Federal  Reserve  totaling  500  basis  points  have  been  designed  to  improve  liquidity  for  the  distressed  financial  markets.  The
ultimate objective of these efforts has been to help the beleaguered consumer, and reduce the potential surge of residential mortgage 
loan foreclosures and stabilize the banking system. As a result the yield on loans and investment securities has declined. The squeeze 
between declining asset yields and more slowly declining liability pricing has impacted margins. Effective as of February 19, 2010, 
the  Federal  Reserve  increased  the  discount  rate  50  basis  points  to  0.75%.  The  Federal  Reserve  stated  that  this  rate  change  was 
intended  to  normalize  their  lending  facility  and  to  step  away  from  emergency  lending  to  banks.  From  April  2010  through  January 
2012 the Federal Reserve decided to maintain the federal funds target rate between 0 and 25 basis points due to a continued national 
depressed housing market and tight credit markets.

Growth  and  service  strategies  have  the  potential  to  offset  the  tighter  net  interest  margin  with  volume  as  the  customer  base  grows 
through expanding the Bank’s footprint,  while  maintaining and developing existing relationships. Since 2007, the Bank has opened 
eight new branches. In 2007, the Bank opened three new  branches located in the Village of Southampton, Cutchogue, and Wading 
River. In April 2009, the Bank opened a new branch in Shirley, New York, and in December 2009, the Bank opened a new full service 
branch  facility  in  the  Village  of  East  Hampton.  During  2010,  the  Bank  opened  three  new  branches;  Center  Moriches  in  May, 
Patchogue  in  September  and  Deer  Park  in  October.  The  recent  branch  openings  move  the  Bank  geographically  westward  and 
demonstrate its commitment to traditional growth through branch expansion. In May 2011, the Bank acquired Hamptons State Bank
which increased the Bank’s presence in an existing  market  with  a branch  located in the Village of Southampton. In  July 2011, the 
Bank converted the  former HSB customers to the Bank’s core operating system. Management spent considerable time ensuring the 
transition  progressed  smoothly  for  HSB’s  former  customers  and  shareholders.  Management  has  demonstrated  its  ability  to 
successfully integrate the former HSB customers and achieve expected cost savings while continuing to execute its business strategy. 
In  September  2011,  the  Bank  obtained  OCC  approval  for  its  21st branch  in  Ronkonkoma,  New  York.  This  location’s  proximity  to 
MacArthur  Airport  complements  the  Patchogue  branch  and  extends  the  Bank’s  reach  into  the  Bohemia  market.  Management  will 
continue  to  seek  opportunities  to  expand  its  reach  into  other  contiguous  markets  by  network  expansion,  or  through  the  addition  of 
professionals with established customer relationships. 

2011  was another year  of  milestone achievements and  significant change  for  the Company.  The  acquisition,  organic  growth  and 
considerably higher capital  demonstrate management’s ability  to  identify,  leverage  and  efficiently  execute  on  opportunities. 
Management foresees future  opportunities  to  continue  this  trajectory  and  positive momentum. The  Bank’s customers and  certain 
markets in which the Bank operates have been less affected than others by recent economic turmoil. However, the Bank’s customers 
and the Bank itself are not insulated from the general economic environment and its related impacts.  Recognizing this is critical to the 
Company’s continued ability to execute its strategy. Management must continue to foster relationships with businesses and customers 
that share the same principles and philosophies for prudent and reasonable fiscal and operational management.

The current banking environment remains challenging in many respects.  The absolute level of interest rates and the potential for them 
to  remain  at  or  near  historic  lows, for  an  extended  period, creates issues  for  margin management  and  heightened  risks  to  the 
eventuality of higher rates. The omnipresent regulatory environment with its pending new regulations, rules and compliance burdens 
certainly contributes to uncertainty.  Finally, the credit environment appears to be improving. However, there is the potential at any 
moment for a change depending on the impact of world and national events, or more localized issues with municipal budgets and the 
related fallout. Any one of these factors could affect economic activity and the Bank’s customers’ businesses, creating a domino effect 
on credit quality.

The prospects of the financial services sector and the Company continue to be impacted by the final outcome of the implementation of 
the Dodd-Frank Act.  This Act includes the repeal of Regulation Q, which prohibited the payment of interest on checking accounts, 
and the Durbin Amendment, which establishes fixed interchange fees and could impact future revenues and expenses.  The Company
is awaiting the expected new rules, regulations and related compliance and process changes and will expand its compliance resources 
appropriately.  The  Bank  continues  to  collaborate  with  its  primary  regulator  to  ensure  compliance  with  current  requirements  and
interpretations. It is the belief of management that its strong risk management culture is a primary reason for its long term success and 
management  views the current challenges as opportunities  to expand  its business and deliver the promise of  successful community 
banking to its customers and shareholders.

Corporate objectives for 2012 include: leveraging our expanding branch network to build customer relationships and grow loans and 
deposits;  focusing  on  opportunities  and  processes  that  continue  to  enhance  the  customer  experience  at  the  Bank;  improving 
operational  efficiencies  and  prudent  management  of  non-interest  expense;  and  maximizing  non-interest  income  through  Bridge 

Page -16-

Abstract as  well as other lines of business. The ability to attract, retain, train and cultivate employees at all levels of the Company 
remains significant to meeting these objectives. The Company has made great progress toward the achievement of these objectives, 
and  avoided  many  of  the  problems  facing  other  financial  institutions  as  a  result  of  maintaining  discipline  in  its  underwriting, 
expansion  strategies,  investing  and  general  business  practices.  This  strategy  has  not  changed  over  the  more  than  100  years  of  our 
existence and  will continue to be true. The Company  has  capitalized on opportunities presented by  the  market and diligently seeks 
opportunities  for  growth  and  to  strengthen  the  franchise.  The  Company  recognizes  the  potential  risks  of  the  current  economic 
environment  and  will  monitor  the  impact  of  market  events  as  we  consider  growth  initiatives  and  evaluate  loans  and  investments.
Management and the Board have built a solid foundation for growth and the Company is positioned to adapt to anticipated changes in 
the industry resulting from new regulations and legislative initiatives.  

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Note  1  to  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011  contains  a  summary  of  our  significant 
accounting  policies.  Various  elements  of  our  accounting  policies,  by  their  nature,  are  inherently  subject  to  estimation  techniques, 
valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. Our policy with respect to the methodologies used to determine the allowance 
for loan losses is our most critical accounting policy. This policy is important to the presentation of our financial condition and results 
of  operations,  and  it  involves  a  higher  degree  of  complexity  and  requires  management  to  make  difficult  and  subjective  judgments, 
which  often  require  assumptions  or  estimates  about  highly  uncertain  matters.  The  use  of  different  judgments,  assumptions  and 
estimates could result in material differences in our results of operations or financial condition.

The  following  is  a  description  of  our  critical  accounting  policy  and  an  explanation  of  the  methods  and  assumptions  underlying its 
application. 

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

Management  considers  the  accounting  policy on  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  to  be  the  most  critical  and  requires  complex 
management judgment as discussed below. The judgments made regarding the allowance for loan losses can have a material effect on 
the results of operations of the Company.

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  established  and  maintained  through  a  provision  for  loan  losses  based  on  probable  incurred  losses 
inherent  in  the  Bank’s  loan  portfolio.  Management  evaluates  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  on  a  quarterly  basis.  The  allowance  is 
comprised  of  both  individual  valuation  allowances  and  loan  pool  valuation  allowances.  If  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  not
sufficient to cover actual loan losses, the Company’s earnings could decrease.

The  Bank  monitors  its  entire  loan portfolio  on  a  regular  basis,  with  consideration  given  to  detailed  analysis  of  classified  loans, 
repayment patterns, probable incurred losses, past loss experience, current economic conditions, and various types of concentrations of 
credit. Additions to the allowance are charged to expense and realized losses, net of recoveries, are charged to the allowance.

Individual valuation allowances are established in connection with specific loan reviews and the asset classification process including 
the  procedures  for  impairment  testing  under  FASB  Accounting  Standard  Codification  (“ASC”)  No.  310,  “Receivables”.  Such 
valuation, which includes a review of loans for which full collectibility in accordance with contractual terms is not reasonably assured, 
considers the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less the costs to sell, if any, or the present value of expected future cash 
flows, or the loan’s observable market value. Any shortfall that exists from this analysis results in a specific allowance for the loan. 
Pursuant  to  our  policy,  loan  losses  must  be  charged-off  in  the  period  the  loans,  or  portions  thereof,  are  deemed  uncollectible. 
Assumptions and judgments by management, in conjunction with outside sources, are used to determine whether full collectibility of a 
loan  is  not  reasonably  assured.  These  assumptions  and  judgments  are  also  used  to  determine  the  estimates  of  the  fair  value  of the 
underlying collateral or the present value of expected future cash flows or the loan’s observable  market value. Individual valuation 
allowances could differ materially as a result of changes in these assumptions and judgments. Individual loan analyses are periodically 
performed on specific loans considered impaired. The results of the individual valuation allowances are aggregated and included in the 
overall allowance for loan losses.

Loan pool valuation allowances represent loss allowances that have been established to recognize the inherent risks associated with 
our lending activities, but which, unlike individual allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. Pool evaluations 
are broken down into loans with homogenous characteristics by loan type and include commercial real estate mortgages, owner and 
non-owner occupied; multi-family mortgages; residential real estate mortgages, first lien and home equity; commercial loans, secured 
and  unsecured;  installment/consumer  loans;  and  real  estate  construction  and  land  loans.  The  determination  of  the  adequacy  of  the 
valuation  allowance  is  a  process  that  takes  into  consideration  a  variety  of  factors.  The  Bank  has  developed  a  range  of  valuation 
allowances necessary to adequately provide for probable incurred losses inherent in each pool of loans. We consider our own charge-
off history along with the growth in the portfolio as well as the Bank’s credit administration and asset management philosophies and 
procedures, and concentrations in the portfolio when determining the allowances for each pool. In addition, we evaluate and consider 
the  credit’s  risk  rating  which  includes  management’s  evaluation  of:  cash  flow,  collateral,  guarantor  support,  financial  disclosures, 
industry trends and strength of borrowers’ management, the impact that economic and market conditions may have on the portfolio as 

Page -17-

well as known and inherent risks in the portfolio. Finally, we evaluate and consider the allowance ratios and coverage percentages of 
both  peer  group  and  regulatory  agency  data.  These  evaluations  are  inherently  subjective  because,  even  though  they  are  based  on
objective  data,  it  is  management’s  interpretation  of  that  data  that  determines  the  amount  of  the  appropriate  allowance.  If  the 
evaluations prove to be incorrect, the allowance for loan losses  may  not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio, 
resulting in additions to the allowance for loan losses.

The Credit Risk Committee is comprised of members of both management and the Board of Directors. The adequacy of the allowance
is analyzed quarterly, with any adjustment to a level deemed appropriate by the Credit Risk Committee, based on its risk assessment 
of the entire portfolio. Based on the Credit Risk Committee’s review of the classified loans and the overall allowance levels as they 
relate to the entire loan portfolio at December 31, 2011, management believes the allowance for loan losses has been established at 
levels sufficient to cover the probable incurred losses in the Bank’s loan portfolio. Future additions or reductions to the allowance may 
be necessary based on changes in economic, market or other conditions. Changes in estimates could result in a material change in the 
allowance. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review the allowance 
for  loan  losses.  Such  agencies  may  require  the  Bank  to  recognize  adjustments  to  the  allowance  based  on  their  judgments  of  the 
information available to them at the time of their examination.

For additional information regarding our allowance for loan losses, see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Acquired Loans

Loans that were acquired from the acquisition of Hamptons State Bank on May 27, 2011 are recorded at fair value with no carryover 
of  the  related  allowance  for  loan  losses.  After  acquisition,  losses  are  recognized  by  an  increase  in  the  allowance  for  loan  losses. 
Determining  fair  value  of  the  loans  involves  estimating  the  amount  and  timing  of  expected  principal  and  interest  cash  flows  to  be 
collected  on  the  loans  and  discounting  those  cash  flows  at  a  market  interest  rate.  Some  of  the  loans  at  time  of  acquisition  showed 
evidence of credit deterioration since origination.

For purchased credit impaired loans, the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the 
accretable discount and is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan. The difference between contractually 
required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable discount. 
The  nonaccretable  discount  represents  estimated  future  credit  losses  expected  to  be  incurred  over  the  life  of  the  loan.  Subsequent 
increases  to  the  expected  cash  flows  result  in  the  reversal  of  a  corresponding  amount  of  the  nonaccretable  discount  which  is  then 
reclassified as accretable discount and recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan using the interest method. 
Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows require us to evaluate the need for an addition to the allowance for loan losses.

Purchased credit impaired loans that met the criteria for nonaccrual of interest prior to the acquisition may be considered performing 
upon acquisition, regardless of whether the customer is contractually delinquent, if management can reasonably estimate the timing 
and amount of the expected cash flows on such loans and if management expects to fully collect the new carrying value of the loans. 
As such, management may no longer consider the loans to be nonaccrual or nonperforming and may accrue interest on these loans, 
including the impact of any accretable discount. 

NET INCOME

Net  income  for  2011  totaled  $10.4  million  or  $1.54  per  diluted  share  while  net  income  for  2010  totaled  $9.2  million  or  $1.45  per 
diluted  share,  as  compared  to  net  income  of  $8.8  million,  or  $1.41  per  diluted  share  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009.  Net 
income increased $1.2 million or 13.0% compared to 2010 and net income for 2010 increased $0.4 million or 4.6% as compared to
2009. Significant trends for 2011 include: (i) a $5.7 million or 15.2% increase in net interest income; (ii) a $0.4 million increase in the 
provision for loan losses; (iii) a $0.5 million or 6.5% decrease in total non interest income; and (iv) a $3.0 million or 10.6% increase in 
total non interest expenses.

NET INTEREST INCOME

Net  interest  income,  the  primary  contributor  to  earnings,  represents  the  difference  between  income  on  interest  earning  assets and 
expenses on interest bearing liabilities. Net interest income depends upon the volume of interest earning assets and interest bearing 
liabilities and the interest rates earned or paid on them.

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company’s average consolidated balance sheets and its consolidated 
statements  of  income  for  the  years  indicated  and  reflect  the  average  yield  on  assets  and  average  cost  of  liabilities  for  the  years 
indicated. Such yields and costs are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of assets or liabilities, respectively, 
for the  years shown.  Average balances are derived from daily average balances and include nonaccrual loans. The  yields and costs 
include fees, which are considered adjustments to yields. Interest on nonaccrual loans has been included only to the extent reflected in 
the consolidated statements of income. For purposes of this table, the average balances for investments in debt and equity securities 
exclude unrealized appreciation/depreciation due to the application of FASB ASC 320, “Investments - Debt and Equity Securities.”

Page -18-

2011

Average
Balance

Interest

Average
Yield/
Cost

Average
Balance

2010

Interest

Average
Yield/
Cost

Average
Balance

2009

Interest

Average
Yield/
Cost

$

554,469

$

35,434

6.39% $ 461,289

$ 30,223

6.55% $

435,694

$ 29,167

6.69%

3.25

3.54

2.69

—-

0.25

4.66

242,997

104,824

82,678

1,750

20,804

9,585

4,153

2,328

5

54

914,342

46,348

3.94

3.96

2.82

0.29

0.26

5.07

227,471

11,074

76,746

27,298

11,466

5,171

3,381

880

33

13

783,846

44,548

4.87

4.41

3.22

0.29

0.25

5.68

15,857

39,707

$ 969,906

13,574

29,397

$

826,817

Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)

Interest earning assets:

Loans, net (1)

Mortgage-backed securities
Tax exempt securities (2)

Taxable securities

Federal funds sold

Deposits with banks

277,073

124,616

111,311

—

48,841

9,000

4,417

2,993

—

123

Total interest earning assets

1,116,310

51,967

Non interest earning assets:

Cash and due from banks

Other assets

Total assets

19,025

44,952

$ 1,180,287

Interest bearing liabilities:

Savings, NOW and money 

market deposits

$

613,068

$

3,936

0.64% $ 480,642

$

3,594

0.75% $

376,429

$

3,698

0.98%

Certificates of deposit of 
$100,000 or more

Other time deposits

Federal funds purchased and 
repurchase agreements

Federal Home Loan Bank 

term advances

Junior subordinated 

debentures

Total interest bearing liabilities

Non interest bearing liabilities:

Demand deposits

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and 

stockholders’ equity

Net interest income/interest 

rate spread (3)

115,895

43,282

17,582

82

16,002

805,911

294,566

7,721

1,108,198

72,089

$ 1,180,287

1,264

507

543

—

1,366

7,616

1.09

1.17

3.09

0.00

8.54

0.95

1,489

762

530

—

1,365

7,740

1.48

1.67

2.40

0.00

8.53

1.16

100,775

45,630

22,128

19

16,002

665,196

238,740

6,028

909,964

59,942

2,154

1,371

401

1

190

7,815

2.27

2.47

1.35

1.22

8.40

1.40

94,691

55,436

29,607

82

2,263

558,508

205,984

6,086

770,578

56,239

$ 969,906

$

826,817

44,351

3.71%

38,608

3.91%

36,733

4.28%

Net interest earning assets/net 

interest margin (4)

$

310,399

3.97% $ 249,146

4.22% $

225,338

4.69%

Ratio of interest earning assets 
to interest bearing liabilities

Less: Tax equivalent 

adjustment

(1,541)

Net interest income

$

42,810

138.52%

137.45%

140.35%

(1,449)

$ 37,159

(1,180)

$ 35,553

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)

Amounts are net of deferred origination costs/ (fees) and the allowance for loan loss, and include loans held for sale.
The above table is presented on a tax equivalent basis.
Net interest rate spread  represents the difference between the yield on average interest earning assets and the cost of average interest bearing liabilities.
Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average interest earning assets.

Page -19-

RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS

Net interest income can be analyzed in terms of the impact of changes in rates and volumes. The following table illustrates the extent 
to which changes in interest rates and in the volume of average interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities have affected the 
Bank’s interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to (i) 
changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) changes attributable to changes in rates 
(changes in rates multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) the net changes. For purposes of this table, changes that are not due solely to 
volume  or  rate  changes  have  been  allocated  to  these  categories  based  on  the  respective  percentage  changes  in  average  volume  and 
rate. Due to the numerous simultaneous volume and rate changes during the periods analyzed, it is not possible to precisely allocate 
changes between volume and rates. In addition, average earning assets include nonaccrual loans.

Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands)

Interest income on interest earning assets:
Loans (1)
Mortgage-backed securities
Tax exempt securities (2)
Taxable securities
Federal funds sold
Deposits with banks

Total interest earning assets

Interest expense on interest bearing liabilities:
Savings, NOW and money market deposits
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more
Other time deposits
Federal funds purchased and repurchase 

agreements

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances
Junior subordinated debentures

Total interest bearing liabilities

Net interest income

2011 Over 2010
Changes Due To

2010 Over 2009
Changes Due To

Volume

Rate

Net 
Change

Volume

Rate

Net 
Change

$

$ 5,966
1,231
733
777
(3)
71
8,775

$

(755)
(1,816)
(469)
(112)
(2)
(2)
(3,156)

913
320
(37)

(571)
(545)
(218)

(122)
—
—
1,074
$ 7,701

135
—
1
(1,198)
$ (1,958)

$

5,211
(585)
264
665
(5)
69
5,619

342
(225)
(255)

13
—
1
(124)
5,743

$ 1,678
722
1,144
1,570
(28)
40
5,126

$ (622)
(2,211)
(372)
(122)
—
1
(3,326)

881
115
(215)

(985)
(780)
(394)

(121)
(1)
1,172
1,831
$ 3,295

250
—
3
(1,906)
$(1,420)

$

$

1,056
(1,489)
772
1,448
(28)
41
1,800

(104)
(665)
(609)

129
(1)
1,175
(75)
1,875

(1) Amounts are net of deferred origination costs/ (fees) and the allowance for loan loss, and include loans held for sale.
(2) The above table is presented on a tax equivalent basis. 

The net interest margin declined to 3.97% in 2011 compared to 4.22% for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 4.69% in 2009. The 
decrease in 2011 and 2010 was primarily the result of the historically low market interest rates which was partly offset by strong core 
deposit growth and higher loan demand.  The net interest margin during 2011 and 2010 was also impacted by a full year of interest 
expense related to the issuance of $16.0 million in junior subordinated debentures during the fourth quarter of 2009. The total average 
interest earning assets in 2011 increased $202.0 million or 22.1% over 2010 levels, yielding 4.66%, and the overall funding cost was 
0.69%,  including  demand  deposits. The  yield  on  interest  earning  assets  decreased  approximately  41  basis  points  which  was  partly
offset  by  a  decrease  in  the  cost  of  interest  bearing  liabilities  of  approximately  21 basis  points  during  2011  compared  to  2010. The 
increase in average total deposits of $201.0 million primarily funded loans, which grew $93.2 million, while average total securities 
increased $82.5 million from the comparable 2010 levels. In addition, the Company’s strategy in 2011 to manage capital, liquidity and 
interest rate risk, resulted in an increase of $28 million in the average balance of lower yielding interest earning deposits with banks.

Net  interest  income  was  $42.8  million  in  2011  compared  to  $37.2  million  in  2010  and  $35.6  million  in  2009.  The  increase  in  net
interest income of $5.7 million or 15.2% as compared to 2010, and the increase in net interest income of $1.6 million or 4.5% in 2010 
as compared to 2009, primarily resulted from the effect of the increase in the volume of average total interest earning assets and the 
decrease in the cost of average total interest bearing liabilities being greater than the effect of the increase in volume of average total 
interest bearing liabilities and the decrease in yield on average total interest earning assets. 

Average total interest earning assets grew by $202.0 million or 22.1% to $1.1 billion in 2011 compared to $914.3 million in 2010.
During this period, the yield on average total interest earning assets decreased to 4.66% from 5.07%. Average total interest earning 

Page -20-

assets grew by $130.5 million or 16.6% to $914.3 million in 2010 compared to $783.8 million in 2009. During this period, the yield 
on average total interest earning assets decreased to 5.07% from 5.68%. 

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011,  average  loans  grew  by  $93.2 million  or  20.2%  to  $554.5 million  as  compared  to  $461.3
million in 2010 and increased $25.6 million or 5.9% compared to $435.7 million in 2009. Real estate mortgage loans and commercial 
loans primarily contributed to the growth. The Bank remains committed to growing loans with prudent underwriting, sensible pricing 
and limited credit and extension risk.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, average total investments increased by $82.5 million or 19.2% to $513.0 million as compared 
to  $430.5  million  in  2010  and  increased  $99.0  million  or  29.9%  as  compared  to  $331.5  million  for 2009 levels.  To  position  the 
balance sheet  for the future and better manage capital, liquidity and interest rate risk, a  portion of the available for sale investment 
securities  portfolio  was  sold  during  2011,  2010 and  2009  resulting  in  a  net  gain  of  $0.1  million,  $1.3  million  and  $0.5  million,
respectively. There  were  no  federal  funds  sold  in  2011  compared  to  average  federal  funds  sold  of  $1.8  million  in  2010  and  $11.5 
million  in  2009. The decrease  in  the  average  federal  funds  sold  in  2011 and 2010  was  offset  by  increased  average  interest  earning 
cash, which was $48.8 million in 2011, $20.8 million in 2010 and $5.2 million in 2009.

Average total interest bearing liabilities were $805.9 million in 2011 compared to $665.2 million in 2010 and $558.5 million in 2009.
The Bank grew deposits in 2011 as a result of opening three new branches during 2010, building new relationships in existing markets 
and  the  HSB  merger.  During  2011,  the  Bank  reduced  interest  rates  on  deposit  products  through  prudent  management  of  deposit 
pricing. The reduction in deposit rates resulted in a decrease in the cost of interest bearing liabilities to 0.95% for 2011 compared to 
1.16% for 2010 and 1.40% during 2009. Since the Company’s interest bearing liabilities generally reprice or mature more quickly than 
its interest earning assets, an increase in short term interest rates initially results in a decrease in net interest income. Additionally, the 
large  percentages  of  deposits  in  money  market  accounts  reprice  at  short  term  market  rates  making  the  balance  sheet  more  liability 
sensitive. During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company completed the private placement of $16.0 million in aggregate liquidation 
amount of 8.50% cumulative convertible trust preferred securities (the "TPS”), through its subsidiary, Bridge Statutory Capital Trust 
II. The Company issued $16.0 million of junior subordinated debentures (the “Debentures”) to the trust in exchange for ownership of 
all  of  the  common  security  of  the  trust  and  the  proceeds of  the  preferred  securities  sold  by  the  trust.  The  junior  subordinated 
debentures bear interest at a fixed rate equal to 8.50% and mature on December 31, 2039. 

For the year ended December 31, 2011, average total deposits increased by $201.0 million or 23.2% to $1.07 billion as compared to 
average total deposits of $865.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Components of this increase include an increase in 
average  demand  deposits  for  2011 of  $55.9 million  or  23.4%  to  $294.6  million  as  compared  to  $238.7  million  in  average  demand 
deposits  for  2010  and  increased  by  $32.7  million  or  15.9%  compared  to  $206.0  million  in  average  demand  deposits  for  2009. The
average  balances  in  savings,  NOW  and  money  market  accounts  increased  $132.4  million  or  27.6%  to  $613.1  million  for  the  year 
ended December 31, 2011 compared to $480.6 million for the same period last year and increased $104.2 million or 27.7% over 2009 
levels  of  $376.4  million. Average  balances  in  certificates  of  deposit  of  $100,000  or  more  and  other  time  deposits  increased  $12.8 
million or 8.7% to $159.2 million for 2011 as compared to 2010 and decreased in 2010 $3.7 million or 2.5% as compared to 2009. 
Average public fund deposits comprised 18.2% of total average deposits during 2011, 18.8% in 2010 and 17.3% in 2009. Average 
federal  funds purchased and repurchase agreements together  with average  Federal Home Loan Bank term advances decreased $4.5 
million  or  20.2%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011  as  compared  to  average  balances  for  2010  and  decreased  $7.5  million  or 
25.4% for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to average balances for the same period in the prior year.

Total interest income increased to $50.4 million in 2011 from $44.9 million in 2010 and $43.4 million in 2009, an increase of 12.3% 
during 2011 from 2010 and a 3.5% increase during 2010 from 2009. The ratio of interest earning assets to interest bearing liabilities 
increased to 138.5% in 2011 as compared to 137.5% in 2010 and decreased compared to 140.4% in 2009. Interest income on loans 
increased $5.2 million in 2011 over 2010 and $1.1 million in 2010 over 2009 primarily due to growth in the loan portfolio. The yield 
on average loans was 6.4% for 2011, 6.6% for 2010 and 6.7% for 2009.

Interest income on investments in mortgage-backed, tax exempt and taxable securities increased $0.3 million or 1.7% in 2011 to $14.9 
million  from  $14.6  million  in  2010  and  increased  $0.5  million  or  3.3%  in  2010  from  $14.2  million  in  2009.  Interest  income  on 
securities included net amortization of premiums on securities of $2.4 million in 2011 compared to net amortization of premiums on 
securities of $1.5 million in 2010 and net amortization of premiums on securities of $0.3 million in 2009. The tax adjusted average 
yield on total securities decreased to 3.2% in 2010 from 3.7% in 2010 and 4.6 % in 2009.

Total interest expense decreased $0.1 million or 1.6% to $7.6 million in 2011 and decreased $0.1 million or 0.96% to $7.7 million in 
2010 from $7.8 million in 2009. The decrease in interest expense in 2011, 2010 and 2009 resulted from the Federal Reserve lowering 
the targeted federal funds rate and discount rate in previous years and the prudent management of deposit pricing. These reductions
were partly offset by the interest paid of $1.4 million in 2011 and 2010 related to the $16.0 million of junior subordinated debentures. 
The cost of average interest bearing liabilities was 0.95% in 2011, 1.16% in 2010, and 1.40% in 2009.

Page -21-

Provision for Loan Losses

The Bank’s loan portfolio consists primarily of real estate loans secured by commercial and residential real estate properties located in 
the Bank’s principal lending area of Suffolk County which is located on the eastern portion of Long Island. The interest rates charged 
by the Bank on loans are affected primarily by the demand for such loans, the supply of money available for lending purposes, the 
rates offered by its competitors, the Bank’s relationship with the customer, and the related credit risks of the transaction. These factors 
are affected by general and economic conditions including, but not limited to, monetary policies of the federal government, including 
the Federal Reserve Board, legislative policies and governmental budgetary matters.

Loans of approximately $57.7 million or 9.4% of total loans at December 31, 2011 were categorized as classified loans compared to 
$43.9 million or 8.7% at December 31, 2010 and $31.7 million or 7.1% at  December 31, 2009. Classified loans include loans  with 
credit quality indicators with the internally assigned grades of special mention, substandard and doubtful. These loans are categorized
as classified loans as management has information that indicates the borrower may not be able to comply with the present repayment 
terms. These loans are subject to increased management attention and their classification is reviewed on at least a quarterly basis. The 
increase in the 2011 and 2010 levels of classified loans reflects the current economic environment as well as management’s decision 
during 2010 to enhance the asset and credit quality review process of the loan portfolio. This process includes the early identification 
of  potential  problem  loans,  a  more  stringent  assessment  of  potential  credit  weaknesses  and  expanding  the  scope  and  depth  of 
individual credit reviews. Additionally, higher classified loans as of December 31, 2011 primarily related to a $15.2 million increase 
in the special mention category as well as acquired classified loans from the HSB merger. 

At  December  31,  2011,  approximately  $37.2 million  of  these  loans  were  commercial  real  estate  (“CRE”)  loans  which  were  well 
secured with real estate as collateral. Of the $37.2 million of CRE loans, $34.6 million were current and $2.6 million were past due. In 
addition,  all  but  $2.1  million  of the  CRE  loans  have  personal  guarantees.    At  December  31,  2011,  approximately  $5.3 million  of 
classified  loans  were  residential  real  estate  loans  with  $1.7 million  current  and  $3.6 million  past  due.  Commercial,  financial,  and 
agricultural  loans  represented  $10.2 million  of  classified  loans  and  $9.6 million  was  current  and  $0.6 million  was  past  due. 
Approximately $4.6 million of classified loans represented real estate construction and land loans and $4.3 million was current and 
$0.3 million was past due. All real estate construction and land loans are well secured with collateral. The remaining $0.3 million in 
classified loans are consumer loans that are unsecured, have personal guarantees and demonstrate sufficient cash flow to pay the loans. 
Of the $0.3 million of consumer loans, $6,000 were past due with the remaining loans current. Due to the structure and nature of the 
credits, we do not expect to sustain a material loss on these relationships. 

CRE  loans, including  multi-family  loans, represented  $305.3 million  or  49.9%  of  the  total  loan  portfolio  at  December  31,  2011
compared  to  $245.3 million  or  48.7%  at  December  31,  2010 and  $204.2  million  or  45.6%  at  December  31,  2009.  The  Bank’s 
underwriting standards for CRE loans requires an evaluation of the cash flow of the property, the overall cash flow of the borrower 
and related guarantors as well as the value of the real estate securing the loan. In addition, the Bank’s underwriting standards for CRE 
loans are consistent  with regulatory requirements  with original loan to value ratios less than or equal to 75%.  The Bank considers 
charge-off history, delinquency trends, cash flow analysis, and the impact of the local economy on commercial real estate values when 
evaluating the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses.  Real estate values in our geographic markets increased significantly 
from  2000  through  2007.  Commencing  in  2008,  following  the  financial  crisis  and  significant  downturn  in  the  economy,  real  estate 
values began to decline. This decline continued into 2009 and appears to have stabilized in 2010. The estimated decline in residential 
and commercial real estate values range from 15-20% from the 2007 levels, depending on the nature and location of the real estate.

As  of  December  31,  2011 and  December 31,  2010,  the  Company  had  impaired  loans  as  defined  by  FASB  ASC  No. 310, 
“Receivables”  of  $9.0 million  and  $9.9 million,  respectively.  For  a  loan  to  be  considered  impaired,  management  determines  after
review whether it is probable that the Bank will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan 
agreement. Management applies its  normal loan review procedures in  making these judgments. Impaired loans include individually 
classified nonaccrual loans and troubled debt restructured (“TDR”) loans. For impaired loans, the Bank evaluates the impairment of 
the loan in accordance with FASB ASC 310-10-35-22.  Impairment is determined based on the present value of expected future cash 
flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. For loans that are collateral dependent, the fair value of the collateral is used to 
determine the fair value of the loan. The fair value of the collateral is determined based upon recent appraised values. The fair value of 
the collateral or present value of expected cash flows is compared to the carrying value to determine if any write-down or specific loan 
loss allowance allocation is required. These methods of fair value measurement for impaired loans are considered level 3 within the 
fair value hierarchy described in FASB ASC 820-10-50-5. 

Nonaccrual loans decreased $2.5 million to $4.2 million or 0.68% of total loans at December 31, 2011 from $6.7 million or 1.34% of 
total  loans  at  December  31,  2010.  Approximately  $2.0  million  of  the  nonaccrual  loans  at  December  31,  2011  and  $4.7  million  at 
December 31, 2010, represent troubled debt restructured loans.  As of December 31, 2011 two of the borrowers  with loans totaling 
$0.5 million are complying  with the  modified terms of the  loans and are currently  making payments.  Another borrower  with loans 
totaling $1.5 million is past due but is making payments. The decrease in nonaccrual troubled debt restructured loans at December 31, 
2011 was due to two loans that were reported as held for sale at December 31, 2011 totaling $2.3 million and were subsequently sold 
in January 2012 at no additional gain or loss. Total nonaccrual troubled debt restructured loans are secured with collateral that has an 
appraised  value  of  $4.2 million.  In 2010,  nonaccrual  loans  increased  $0.8  million to  $6.7  million  from  $5.9  million  in  2009.

Page -22-

Approximately  $4.7  million  of  the  nonaccrual loans  at  December  31,  2010  represented troubled  debt  restructured  loans  where  the 
borrowers were complying with the modified terms of the loans and were currently making payments. Furthermore, the Bank has no 
commitment to lend additional funds to these debtors. 

In addition, the Company has four borrowers with performing TDR loans of $4.9 million at December 31, 2011 that are current and 
secured  with collateral that  has an appraised value of approximately $11.5  million. At  December 31, 2010, the Company had one 
borrower with TDR loans of $3.2 million that was current and secured with collateral that had an appraised value of approximately 
$5.4 million as well as personal guarantees. Management believes that the ultimate collection of principal and interest is reasonably 
assured and therefore continues to recognize interest income on an accrual basis. In addition, the Bank has  no commitment to lend 
additional  funds  to  these  debtors.  Two  of  the  loans  were  restructured during  the  third quarter  of  2011  and  one  of  the  loans in  the 
second quarter  of  2011  and  since  that  time the  interest  income  recognized  has  been  immaterial. The  fourth loan  was  restructured
during the third quarter of 2008 and since that time $0.4 million of interest income has been recognized. 

The Bank had no foreclosed real estate at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Net charge-offs were $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $1.0 for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 
$2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans was 260%, 126% and 
103%, at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Based on our continuing review of the overall loan portfolio, the current asset quality of the portfolio, the growth in the loan portfolio 
and the net charge-offs, a provision for loan losses of $3.9 million was recorded in 2011 as compared to $3.5 million in 2010 and $4.2 
million  in  2009.  The  allowance  for  loan  losses  increased  to  $10.8  million  at  December  31,  2011  as  compared  to  $8.5  million  at 
December  31,  2010  and  $6.0  million  at  December  31,  2009.  As  a  percentage  of  total  loans,  the  allowance  was  1.77%, 1.69%  and 
1.35% at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. In accordance with current accounting guidance, the acquired HSB loans 
are recorded at fair value, effectively netting estimated future losses against the loan balances. The allowance as a percentage of the 
Bank’s originated loans was 1.87% at December 31, 2011. Management continues to carefully monitor the loan portfolio as well as 
real estate trends in Suffolk County and eastern Long Island. The Bank’s consistent and rigorous underwriting standards preclude sub-
prime  lending,  and  management  remains  cautious  about  the  potential  for  an  indirect  impact  on  the  local  economy  and  real  estate 
values in the future.

The following table sets forth changes in the allowance for loan losses:

December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
Allowance for loan losses balance at beginning of period

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

$

8,497 $

6,045 $

3,953 $

2,954 $

2,512

Charge-offs:
Commercial real estate mortgage loans
Multi-family loans
Residential real estate mortgage loans
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
Real estate construction and land loans
Installment/consumer loans

Total

Recoveries:
Commercial real estate mortgage loans
Multi-family loans
Residential real estate mortgage loans
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
Real estate construction and land loans
Installment/consumer loans

Total

—
—
259
372
864
186
1,681

—
—
6
96
—
19
121

73
—
20
879
—
148
1,120

—
—
4
56
—
12
72

47
—
653
1,098
240
55
2,093

—
—
6
28
—
1
35

—
—
480
534
—
56
1,070

—
—
—
53
—
16
69

—
—
—
203
—
23
226

—
—
1
13
—
54
68

Net charge-offs
Provision for loan losses charged to operations
Balance at end of period
Ratio of net charge-offs during period to average loans 

outstanding

(1,560)
3,900
10,837 $

$

(1,048)
3,500
8,497 $

(2,058)
4,150
6,045 $

(1,001)
2,000
3,953 $

(158)
600
2,954

(0.28%)

(0.22%)

(0.47%)

(0.25%)

(0.05%)

Page -23-

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

The following table sets forth the allocation of the total allowance for loan losses by loan type:

Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)

2011

Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

2010

Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

2009

Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

Amount

2008

Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

2007

Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

Amount

Amount

Amount

Amount

Commercial real estate 

mortgage loans
Multi-family loans
Residential real estate 
mortgage loans

Commercial, financial and 

agricultural loans
Real estate construction 

and land loans

Installment/consumer loans.

Total

$

$

3,530
395

2,280

2,895

1,465
272
10,837

Non Interest Income

46.4% $

3.5

23.1

19.0

6.6
1.4

100.0% $

3,310
133

1,642

2,804

185
423
8,497

46.9% $ 2,529
36

1.8

28.0

19.4

1,781

1,083

2.0
1.9

346
270
100.0% $ 6,045

44.6% $

1.0

27.5

20.9

4.3
1.7

100.0% $

1,718
41

1,158

699

268
69
3,953

43.4% $

1.1

29.3

17.7

6.8
1.7

100.0% $

1,308
36

864

458

230
58
2,954

44.3%
1.2

29.2

15.5

7.8
2.0
100.0%

Total non interest income decreased by $0.5 million or 6.5% in 2011 to $6.9 million and increased by $1.2 million or 20.4% to $7.4 
million  in  2010 as  compared  to  $6.2 million  in  2009.  The  decrease  in  total  non interest  income  in  2011  compared  to  2010  was 
primarily the result of $1.2 million of lower net securities gains recognized for 2011 compared to the same period last year. Title fee 
income  related  to  Bridge  Abstract  decreased  $0.1  million  or  7.9%  to  $1.0  million  for  2011  compared  to  $1.1  million  for  the  same 
period  in  2010.  Service  charges  on  deposit  accounts  increased  $0.3 million  or  13.8%  to  $3.1 million  for  2011  compared  to  $2.8 
million for the same period in 2010. Fees for other customer services were $2.6 million and represented an increase of $0.4 million or 
18.0% from $2.2 million for the same period last year. The increase in total non interest income in 2010 compared to 2009 was due to 
an increase of $0.5 million in fees for other customer services, an increase of $0.2 million in revenues from the title insurance abstract 
subsidiary, Bridge Abstract, an increase of $0.8 million in net securities gains, an increase of $0.04 million in other operating income, 
partially offset by a $0.2 million decrease in service charges on deposit accounts. 

Net securities gains of $0.1 million were recognized in 2011 compared to net securities gains of $1.3 million recognized in 2010 and 
net  securities  gains  of  $0.5  million  recognized  in  2009.  The  sales  of  securities  were  due  to  repositioning  of  the  available  for  sale 
investment  portfolio. Bridge  Abstract,  the  Bank’s  title  insurance  abstract  subsidiary,  generated  title  fee  income  of  $1.0  million  in 
2011, $1.1 million in 2010, and $0.9 million in 2009, respectively. The decrease of $0.1 million or 7.9% in 2011 compared to 2010 
and the increase of $0.2 million or 22.2% in 2010 compared to 2009, were directly dependent on the number and average value of 
transactions processed by the subsidiary.

Service  charges  on  deposit  accounts  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011  totaled  $3.1  million,  an  increase  of  $0.3 million  as 
compared  to  2010.  This  increase  predominately  represents  higher  overdraft  fees.  For  the year  ended  December  31,  2010,  service 
charges on deposit accounts totaled $2.8 million, a decrease of $0.2 million as compared to 2009. This decrease primarily represents 
lower overdraft fees. Fees from other customer services increased $0.4 million or 18.0% to $2.6 million in 2011 as compared to $2.2 
million  in  2010. The  increase  in  2011  was  due  primarily  to  higher  electronic  banking and  investment  services  income.  Fees  from 
other customer services increased $0.5 million or 28.9% to $2.2 million in 2010 as compared to $1.7 million in 2009. The increase in 
2010 was due primarily to higher electronic banking and investment service income and fees for paid off loans.

Other  operating  income  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011  totaled  $0.1  million  in  line  with  2010.  Other  operating  income 
increased by $0.04 million or 61.2% in 2010 from $0.07 million  for the  year ended December 31, 2009 related to increased rental 
income. 

Non Interest Expense

Total non interest expense increased $2.9 million or 10.6% to $30.8 million in 2011 compared to $27.9 million over the same period 
in 2010 and increased $3.1 million or 12.6% in 2010 from $24.8 million in 2009.  The primary components of these increases were 
higher  salaries  and  employees  benefits,  acquisition  costs,  net  occupancy  expense,  advertising,  furniture  and  fixture  expense,  other 
operating  expenses  and  amortization  of  core  deposit  intangible  partially  offset  by  lower  FDIC  assessments.  Salaries  and  benefits
increased $2.0 million or 12.9% to $18.0 million in 2011 as compared to $16.0 million in 2010 and increased $1.9 million or 13.5% 
from  $14.1  million  as  of  December  31,  2009.  The  increases  in  salary  and  benefits  reflect  additional  positions  to  support  the 
Company’s  expanding  infrastructure,  new  branches  and  a larger  loan  portfolio,  and  the  related  employee  benefit  costs,  particularly 
pension expense.

Page -24-

Net occupancy expense increased $0.3 million or 9.1% to $3.1 million compared to $2.8 million in 2010 and increased $0.5 million or 
21.4%  from  $2.3  million  in  2009.  Furniture  and  fixture  expense  increased  $0.1  million  or  8.2%  to $1.2  million  in  2011  from  $1.1 
million in 2010 and increased $0.1 million or 13.0% in 2010 from $1.0 million in 2009. The increase in furniture and fixture expense 
relates  primarily  to  the  Company’s  expanding  infrastructure  and  the  opening  of  new  branches.  Advertising  expense  increased  $0.1 
million or 18.9% to $0.6 million in 2011 from $0.5 million in 2010 and increased $0.1 million or 19.5% from $0.4 million in 2009.
Higher advertising expense in 2011 relates to the Company’s increased branch network, and in 2010 relates to opening branches in 
new markets and the 100th anniversary of the Bank. Data/item processing expense was $0.6 million and remained the same with 2010 
levels and increased $0.1 million or 14.2% to $0.6 million in 2010 from $0.5 million in 2009. The increase in data/item processing 
expense in 2010 over 2009 represents investment in the network infrastructure. FDIC assessments decreased $0.5 million or 35.2% to 
$0.8  million  in  2011  from  $1.3  million  in  2010  and  decreased  $0.3  million  or  19.1%  from  $1.6  million  in  2009.  For  2011  the 
Company  incurred  acquisition  costs of  $0.8 million  and  recorded  amortization  of  core  deposit  intangibles  of  $0.04  million  in 
connection with the HSB merger. 

Other operating expenses were the same for 2011 and 2010 at $5.6 million and increased by $0.8 million or 15.2% in 2010 over 2009 
levels. The increase during 2010 was primarily related to infrastructure costs and marketing expenses for the new branches and the 
100th anniversary of the Bank. 

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense for December 31, 2011 was $4.7 million representing an increase of $0.6 million from 2010. Income tax expense 
for December 31, 2010 and 2009 were the same at $4.0 million. The increase in 2011 was due to an increase in income before income 
taxes of $1.8 million to $15.0 million from $13.2 million in 2010. The effective tax rate was 31.0% for the year ended December 31, 
2011 compared to 30.6% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was related to nondeductible acquisition costs related to 
the HSB merger. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2009 was 31.6%. The reduction in the effective tax rate for 
2010 compared to 2009 was the result of a higher percentage of interest income from tax exempt securities.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

The  assets  of  the  Company  totaled  $1.34 billion  at  December  31,  2011,  an  increase  of  $309.0 million  or  30.1%  from  the  previous 
year-end with all growth funded by deposits and capital. This increase reflects strong organic growth in new and existing markets and 
to a lesser extent the impact of the HSB acquisition, in May 2011, which added total assets on a fair value basis of $68.9 million, with 
loans of $38.9 million and deposits of $56.9 million.

The  organic  growth  generated  in  assets  included  an increase  in  cash  and  due  from  banks  of  $4.3  million  or  20.0%  compared  to 
December  2010  levels  and  an  increase  of  $52.3  million  in  interest  earning  deposits  with  banks  as  the  Company  retained  excess 
overnight funds with the Federal Reserve Bank. Total securities increased $139.1 million or 29.5% to $610.6 million and net loans 
increased $105.7 million or 21.3% to $601.3 million compared to December 2010 levels. Loans held for sale were $2.3 million and 
represent  one  relationship  with  two  loans  that  was  sold in  January  2012 and  recorded  previously  as  nonaccrual  troubled  debt 
restructured  loans. The  ability  to  grow  the  investment  and  loan  portfolios,  while  minimizing  interest  rate  risk  sensitivity  and 
maintaining credit quality remains a strong focus of management. Goodwill of $2.0 million and core deposit intangible of $0.3 million 
were recorded  in  connection  with  the  HSB  merger.  Total  deposits  grew  $271.2 million  to  $1.19 billion  at  December  31,  2011 
compared to $917.0 million at December 2010. The deposit growth occurred in all markets and included both new commercial and 
consumer  relationships.  Demand  deposits  increased  $82.2 million  to  $321.5 million  as  of  December  31,  2011 compared  to  $239.3 
million at December 31, 2010. Savings, NOW and money market deposits increased $139.4 million to $683.9 million at December,
2011  from  $544.5 million  at  December  31,  2010.  Certificates  of  deposit  of  $100,000  or  more  increased  $50.0 million  to  $140.6
million at December 31, 2011 from $90.6 million at December 31, 2010. Other time deposits decreased $0.4 million to $42.2 million 
as of December 31, 2011 from $42.6 at December 31, 2010. There were no Federal funds purchased and Federal Home Loan Bank 
overnight borrowings as of December 31, 2011 as compared to $5.0 million at December 31, 2010. Repurchase agreements increased 
$0.5 million  to  $16.9 million  at  December  31,  2011  compared  to  $16.4  million  as  of  December  31,  2010.  Junior  subordinated 
debenture remained at $16.0 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Other liabilities and accrued expenses increased 
$1.2 million to $9.1 million as of December 31, 2011 from $7.9 million as of December 31, 2010 due to increases  in accrued and 
deferred taxes.

Stockholders’  equity  was  $107.0 million  at  December  31,  2011,  an  increase  of  $41.3 million  or  62.8%  from  December  31,  2010, 
reflecting the capital raised through stock offerings of $23.4 million, the issuance of $5.85 million in common equity in connection 
with the HSB transaction, the proceeds from the issuance of shares of common stock under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan of $4.6 
million,  an  increase  in  the  unrealized  gains  in  securities  of  $2.2  million,  and  net  income  of  $10.4  million,  partially  offset  by  $4.6 
million in declared cash dividends and adjustments to the pension liability of $1.5 million. In January 2012, the Company declared a 
quarterly dividend of $0.23 per share and continues its long term trend of uninterrupted dividends.

Page -25-

Loans

During 2011, the Company continued to experience growth trends in commercial and residential real estate lending. The concentration 
of loans in our primary market areas may increase risk. Unlike larger banks that are more geographically diversified, the Bank’s loan 
portfolio  consists  primarily  of  real  estate  loans  secured  by  commercial  and  residential  real  estate  properties  located  in  the  Bank’s 
principal  lending  area  in  Suffolk  County  which  is  located  on  eastern  Long  Island.  The  local  economic  conditions  on  eastern  Long 
Island have a significant impact on the volume of loan originations and the quality of our loans, the ability of borrowers to repay these 
loans, and the value of collateral securing these loans. A considerable decline in the general economic conditions caused by inflation, 
recession,  unemployment  or  other  factors  beyond  the  Company’s  control  would  impact  these  local  economic  conditions  and  could 
negatively  affect  the  financial  results  of  the  Company’s  operations.  Additionally,  while  the  Company  has  a  significant  amount of 
commercial  real  estate  loans,  the  majority  of  which  are  owner-occupied,  decreases  in  tenant  occupancy  may  also  have  a  negative 
effect on the ability of borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, which would have an adverse impact on the Company’s 
earnings.

The interest rates charged by the Bank on loans are affected primarily by the demand for such loans, the supply of money available for 
lending purposes, the rates offered by its competitors, the  Bank’s relationship  with the  customer, and the related credit risks of the 
transaction.  These  factors  are  affected  by  general  and  economic  conditions  including,  but  not  limited  to,  monetary  policies  of  the 
federal government, including the Federal Reserve Board, legislative policies and governmental budgetary matters.

The Bank targets its business lending and marketing initiatives towards promotion of loans that primarily meet the needs of small to 
medium-sized  businesses.  These  small  to  medium-sized  businesses  generally  have  fewer  financial  resources in  terms  of  capital  or 
borrowing capacity than larger entities. If general economic conditions negatively impact these businesses, the results of operations 
and financial condition may be adversely affected.

With respect to the underwriting of loans, there are certain risks, including the risk of non-payment that is associated with each type of 
loan  that  the  Bank  markets.  Approximately  79.6%  of  the  Bank’s  loan  portfolio  at  December  31,  2011  is  secured  by  real  estate. 
Approximately 46.4% of the Bank’s loan portfolio is comprised of commercial real estate loans. Multifamily loans represent 3.5% of 
the Bank’s loan portfolio. Residential real estate mortgage loans represent 23.1% of the Bank’s loan portfolio and include home equity 
lines of credit of approximately 12.1% of the Bank’s loan portfolio and residential mortgages of approximately 11.0% of the Bank’s 
loan portfolio. Real estate construction and land loans comprise approximately 6.6% of the Bank’s loan portfolio. Risks associated 
with a concentration in real estate loans include potential losses from fluctuating values of land and improved properties. Home equity 
loans  represent  loans  originated  in  the  Bank’s  geographic  markets  with  original  loan  to  value  ratios  generally  of  75%  or  less.  The 
Bank’s residential mortgage portfolio includes approximately $6.0 million in interest only mortgages. The underwriting standards for
interest only mortgages are consistent with the remainder of the loan portfolio and do not include any features that result in negative 
amortization. The largest loan concentrations by industry are loans granted to lessors of commercial property both owner occupied and 
non-owner occupied. The Bank uses conservative underwriting criteria to better insulate itself from a downturn in real estate values 
and economic conditions on eastern Long Island that could have a significant impact on the value of collateral securing the loans as 
well as the ability of customers to repay loans.

The  remainder  of  the  loan  portfolio  is  comprised  of  commercial  and  consumer  loans,  which  represent  approximately  20.4%  of  the 
Bank’s  loan  portfolio.  The  primary  risks  associated  with  commercial  loans  are  the  cash  flow  of  the  business,  the  experience  and 
quality of the borrowers’ management, the business climate, and the impact of economic factors. The primary risks associated with 
consumer loans relate to the borrower, such as the risk of a borrower’s unemployment as a result of deteriorating economic conditions 
or the amount and nature of a borrower’s other existing indebtedness, and the value of the collateral securing the loan if the Bank must 
take possession of the collateral. Consumer loans also have risks associated with concentrations of specific types of consumer loans
within the portfolio.

The Bank’s policy for charging off loans is a multi-step process. A loan is considered a potential charge-off when it is in default of 
either principal or interest  for a period of 90, 120 or 180 days, depending  upon the loan type, as of the end of the prior  month. In
addition to date criteria, other triggering events may include, but are not limited to, notice of bankruptcy by the borrower or guarantor, 
death of  the borrower, and deficiency balance  from the sale of collateral. These loans  identified are presented  for evaluation at the 
regular meeting of the Credit Risk Committee. A loan is charged off when a loss is reasonably assured. The recovery of charged-off 
balances is actively pursued until the potential for recovery has been exhausted, or until the expense of collection does not justify the 
recovery efforts.

Total  loans  grew  $108.3  million  or  21.5%,  during  2011  and  $55.9  million  or  12.5%  during  2010.  Average  net  loans  grew  $93.2 
million or 20.2% during 2011 over 2010 and $25.6 million or 5.9% during 2010 when compared to 2009. Real estate mortgage loans 
were the largest contributor of the growth for both 2011 and 2010 and increased $60.1 million or 15.6% and $59.1 million or 18.1%, 
respectively. Commercial real estate mortgage loans grew $47.9 million or 20.3% during 2011 and multi-family mortgage loans grew 
$12.2 million or 132.2% during 2011. Commercial, financial and agricultural loans increased $18.7 million or 19.1% in 2011 from 
2010  and  increased  $4.0  million  or  4.2%  in  2010  from  2009.  Real  estate  construction and  land loans  increased  $30.6 million  or 
308.4% in 2011 and increased $9.4 million or 48.7% in 2010. Installment/consumer loans decreased $1.1 million or 11.3% in 2011 

Page -26-

and increased $2.3 million or 31.4% during 2010. Fixed rate loans represented 27.0%, 27.7% and 25.2% of total loans at December 
31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

The following table sets forth the major classifications of loans:

December 31,
(In thousands)
Commercial real estate mortgage loans
Multi-family loans
Residential real estate mortgage loans
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
Real estate construction and land loans
Installment/consumer loans
Total loans
Net deferred loan costs and fees

Allowance for loan losses
Net loans

Selected Loan Maturity Information 

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

$ 283,917
21,402
141,027
116,319
40,543
8,565
611,773
370
612,143
(10,837)
$ 601,306

$ 236,048
9,217
140,986
97,663
9,928
9,659
503,501
559
504,060
(8,497)
$ 495,563

$ 199,712
4,447
123,013
93,682
19,347
7,352
447,553
485
448,038
(6,045)
$ 441,993

$ 186,543
4,503
125,813
75,919
29,094
7,545
429,417
266
429,683
(3,953)
$ 425,730

$ 166,154
4,555
109,697
58,184
29,172
7,382
375,144
92
375,236
(2,954)
$ 372,282

The following table sets forth the approximate maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates of certain loans, exclusive of real 
estate mortgage loans and installment/consumer loans to individuals as of December 31, 2011:

(In thousands)
Commercial loans
Construction and land loans (1)

Total

Rate provisions:

Amounts with fixed interest rates
Amounts with variable interest rates

Total

(1)

Within One
Year

After One
But Within
Five Years

After
Five Years

Total

$

$

$

$

26,003
6,246
32,249

4,883
27,366
32,249

$

$

$

$

46,651
22,116
68,767

40,405
28,362
68,767

$

$

$

$

43,665
12,181
55,846

$ 116,319
40,543
$ 156,862

18,024
37,822
55,846

$

63,312
93,550
$ 156,862

Included in the “After Five Years” column, are one-step construction loans that contain a preliminary construction 
period (interest only) that automatically converts to amortization at the end of the construction phase.

Page -27-

Past Due, Nonaccrual and Restructured Loans 

The following table sets forth selected information about past due, nonaccrual and restructured loans:

December 31,
(In thousands)
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing
Nonaccrual loans
Restructured loans  - Nonaccrual
Restructured loans  - Performing
Other real estate owned, net
Total

Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands)
Gross interest income that has not been paid or recorded 
during the year under original terms:
Nonaccrual loans
Restructured loans

Gross interest income recorded during the year:
Nonaccrual loans
Restructured loans

Commitments for additional funds

The following table sets forth impaired loans by loan type:

December 31,
(In thousands)
Nonaccrual Loans:
Commercial real estate mortgage loans
Multi-family loans
Residential real estate mortgage loans
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
Real estate construction and land loans
Installment/consumer loans

Total

Restructured Loans - Nonaccrual:
Commercial real estate mortgage loans
Multi-family loans
Residential real estate mortgage loans
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
Real estate construction and land loans
Installment/consumer loans

Total

Restructured Loans - Performing:
Commercial real estate mortgage loans
Multi-family loans
Residential real estate mortgage loans
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
Real estate construction and land loans
Installment/consumer loans

Total

Total Impaired Loans

$

$

$

$

$

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

411 $

2,156
2,005
4,903
—
9,475 $

— $

1,997
4,728
3,219
—
9,944 $

— $

1,001
4,890
3,229
—
9,120 $

— $

3,068
—
3,229
—
6,297 $

—
229
—
—
—
229

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

122 $
436

41 $
241

—

123 $
255

52 $
189

127 $
12

17 $
105

—

37 $
288

—

189 $
238

—

12
—

5
—

—

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

449 $
—
1,156
260
250
—
2,115

228 $
—
1,397
—
250
82
1,957

324 $
—
511
61
—
105
1,001

— $
—
426
96
2,540
6
3,068

—
—
1,786
218
—
—
2,004

4,630
—
—
274
—
—
4,904

—
—
2,037
—
2,686
—
4,723

3,186
—
—
—
—
—
3,186

—
—
2,120
—
2,770
—
4,890

3,229
—
—
—
—
—
3,229

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

3,229
—
—
—
—
—
3,229

—
—
223
6
—
—
229

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

$

9,023 $

9,866 $

9,120 $

6,297 $

299

Restructured loans totaled $6.9 million and $7.9 million as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

Page -28-

Securities

Total securities increased to $610.6 million at December 31, 2011 from $471.5 million at December 31, 2010. The available for sale 
portfolio increased 36.4% to $441.4 million from $323.5 million at December 31, 2010. Securities held as available for sale may be 
sold  in  response  to,  or  in  anticipation  of,  changes  in  interest  rates  and  resulting  prepayment  risk,  or  other  factors.  Residential 
mortgage-backed securities decreased by $9.2 million at December 31, 2011 while U.S. government sponsored entity (“U.S. GSE”) 
securities increased by $90.3 million, residential collateralized mortgage obligations increased by $25.4 million, state and municipal 
obligations increased by $6.2 million, and commercial collateralized mortgage obligations increased by $5.2 million. Securities held to 
maturity  increased  14.3%  to  $169.2  million  at  December  31,  2011  compared  to  $148.0  million  at  December  31,  2010.  U.S.  GSE 
securities  held  to  maturity  decreased  to  zero at  December  31,  2011  from  $25.0  million  at  December  31,  2010,  while  state  and 
municipal obligations increased by $39.6 million, corporate bonds increased by $4.8 million and residential collateralized mortgage 
obligations increased by $1.8 million.  Fixed rate securities represented 91.5% of total securities at December 31, 2011 compared to 
87.9% at December 31, 2010. Residential collateralized  mortgage obligations represented approximately 40.6% of the available for 
sale balance at December 31, 2011 as compared to 47.6% at the prior year-end. A change in market rates was the primary reason for 
the net increase in unrealized gains in securities available for sale which increased other comprehensive income.

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  fair  value,  amortized  cost,  maturities  and  approximated  weighted  average  yield  at December  31, 
2011. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations 
with or without call or prepayment penalties. Yields on tax-exempt obligations have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis.

December 31, 2011
(Dollars in 
thousands)

Within
One Year
Amortized
Cost

Amount Yield

Fair 
Value
Amount

After One But
Within Five Years

After Five But
Within Ten Years

Fair 
Value
Amount

Amortized
Cost

Amount Yield

Fair 
Value
Amount

Amortized
Cost

Amount Yield

Fair 
Value
Amount

After
Ten Years

Amortized
Cost

Amount Yield

Total

Fair 
Value
Amount

Amortized
Cost
Amount

Available for sale:

US GSE securities
State and municipal 

$

— $

— —% $ 35,321 $

34,915 1.56% $ 96,353 $

95,793 2.32% $

— $

— —% $ 131,674 $

130,708

obligations

14,191

14,141 1.92

31,408

30,619 2.70

8,154

7,644 3.69

466

457

3.58

54,219

52,861

US GSE Residential 
mortgage-backed 
securities

US GSE 

Commercial 
collateralized 
mortgage 
obligations

US GSE Residential 
collateralized 
mortgage 
obligations

Total available for 

—

— —

977

915 4.28

16,855

16,027 3.77

53,152

50,375

4.07

70,984

67,317

—

—

— —

— —

—

—

— —

—

— —

5,237

5,167

2.34

5,237

5,167

— —

16,912

16,787 1.68

162,413

159,091

2.61

179,325

175,878

sale

14,191

14,141 1.92

67,706

66,449 2.12

138,274

136,251 2.49

221,268

215,090

2.95

441,439

431,931

Held to maturity:

State and municipal 

obligations

60,285

60,209 0.85

21,363

20,789 2.15

4,007

3,769 2.48

20,702

19,547

3.56

106,357

104,314

US GSE Residential 
collateralized 
mortgage 
obligations
Corporate Bonds
Total held to 
maturity
Total securities

—
—

— —
— —

—
11,012

— —
11,758 2.30

—
10,419

— —
11,000 3.31

43,164
—

42,081

2.28
— —

43,164
21,431

42,081
22,758

60,285
$ 74,476 $

60,209 0.85
74,350 1.05% $ 100,081 $

32,375

32,547 2.20
61,628
98,996 2.15% $152,700 $ 151,020 2.55% $ 285,134 $ 276,718

14,769 3.10

63,866

14,426

2.69
2.89% $ 612,391 $

170,952

169,153
601,084

Deposits and Borrowings

Borrowings  including  Fed  funds  purchased,  repurchase  agreements  and  junior  subordinated  debentures,  decreased  $4.5  million  to 
$32.9 million at December 31, 2011 from the prior year-end. Total deposits increased $271.2 million or 29.6% in 2011 as compared to 
2010. The growth in deposits is attributable to an increase in core deposits (individual, partnership and corporate account balances) of 
$234.0 million, driven by the opening of two new branches in 2009, three new branches opening during 2010, the building of new 
relationships in current markets, an increase of $37.2 million in public funds deposits and the acquisition of HSB. Demand deposits 
increased $82.2 million or 34.3% and Savings, NOW and money market deposits increased $139.4 million or 25.6% primarily related 
to core deposits growth. Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more increased $50.0 million or 55.2% from December 31, 2010 and 
other time deposits decreased $0.4 million or 0.9% as compared to the prior year.

Page -29-

The following table sets forth the remaining maturities of the Bank’s time deposits at December 31, 2011:

(In thousands)
3 Months or less
Over 3 through 6 months
Over 6 through 12 months
Over 12 months through 24 months
Over 24 months through 36 months
Over 36 months through 48 months
Over 48 months through 60 months
Over 60 months
Total

LIQUIDITY

Less than
$100,000

$100,000 or
Greater

Total

$

$

9,083
9,565
12,103
9,006
657
1,120
714
—
42,248

$

$

27,850
14,936
34,148
57,474
1,086
3,339
1,745
—
140,578

$

$

36,933
24,501
46,251
66,480
1,743
4,459
2,459
—
182,826

The  objective  of  liquidity  management  is  to  ensure  the  sufficiency  of  funds  available  to  respond  to  the  needs  of  depositors  and 
borrowers, and to take advantage of unanticipated earnings enhancement opportunities for Company growth. Liquidity management 
addresses the ability of the Company to meet financial obligations that arise in the normal course of business. Liquidity is primarily 
needed  to  meet  customer  borrowing  commitments,  deposit  withdrawals  either  on  demand  or  contractual  maturity,  to  repay  other 
borrowings as they mature, to fund current and planned expenditures and to make new loans and investments as opportunities arise.
The  Company’s  principal  sources  of  liquidity  included  cash  and  cash  equivalents  of  $13.0 million  as  of  December  31,  2011,  and 
dividends  from  the  Bank.  Cash  available  for  distribution  of  dividends  to  shareholders  of  the  Company  is  primarily  derived  from
dividends paid by the Bank to the Company. During 2011, the Bank did not pay a cash dividend to the Company. Prior regulatory 
approval is required if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of the Bank’s net income 
of that year combined with its retained net income of the preceding two years. At December 31, 2011, the Bank had $28.7 million of 
retained  net  income  available  for  dividends  to  the  Company.  In  the  event  that  the  Company  subsequently  expands  its  current 
operations,  in  addition  to  dividends  from  the  Bank,  it  will  need  to  rely  on  its  own  earnings, additional  capital  raised  and  other 
borrowings to meet liquidity needs.

The Bank’s most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents, securities available for sale and securities held to maturity due within one 
year. The levels of these assets are dependent upon the Bank’s operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given 
period. Other sources of liquidity include loan and investment securities principal repayments and maturities, lines of credit with other 
financial  institutions  including  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank and  Federal  Reserve  Bank,  growth  in  core  deposits  and  sources  of 
wholesale  funding  such  as  brokered  certificates  of  deposit.  While  scheduled  loan  amortization,  maturing  securities  and  short  term 
investments  are  a  relatively  predictable  source  of  funds,  deposit  flows  and  loan  and  mortgage-backed  securities  prepayments  are 
greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. The Bank adjusts its liquidity levels as appropriate 
to meet funding needs such as seasonal deposit outflows, loans, and asset and liability management objectives. Historically, the Bank 
has relied on its deposit base, drawn through its full-service branches that serve its market area and local municipal deposits, as its 
principal  source  of  funding.  The  Bank  seeks  to  retain  existing  deposits  and  loans  and  maintain  customer  relationships  by  offering 
quality service and competitive interest rates to its customers, while managing the overall cost of funds needed to finance its strategies.

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Bank grew its individual, partnership and corporate account balances (“core deposits”) as well as its 
level of public  funds. The Bank’s  Asset/Liability and Funds Management Policy allows  for  wholesale borrowings of  up to 25% of 
total assets. At December 31, 2011, the Bank had aggregate lines of credit of $227.0 million with unaffiliated correspondent banks to 
provide short term credit for  liquidity requirements. Of these aggregate lines of credit, $207.0 million is available on  an  unsecured 
basis. The Bank also has the ability, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system, to borrow against unencumbered 
residential and commercial mortgages owned by the Bank. The Bank also has a master repurchase agreement with the FHLB, which 
increases its borrowing capacity. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank did not have any overnight borrowings outstanding under these 
lines.  The  Bank  had  $15.0  million  of  securities  sold  under  agreements  to  repurchase  outstanding  as  of  December  31,  2011  with 
brokers and $1.9 million outstanding with customers.  As of December 31, 2010, the Bank had $15.0 million of securities sold under 
agreements  to  repurchase  outstanding  with  brokers  and  $1.4 million  outstanding  with  customers. In  addition,  the  Bank  has  an 
approved broker relationship for the purpose of issuing brokered certificates of deposit. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010 the Bank 
had no brokered certificates of deposits.  

Management  continually  monitors  the  liquidity  position  and  believes  that  sufficient  liquidity  exists  to  meet  all  of  our  operating 
requirements. Based on the objectives determined by the Asset and Liability Committee, the Bank’s liquidity levels may be affected 
by  the  use  of  short-term  and  wholesale  borrowings,  and  the  amount  of  public  funds  in  the  deposit  mix.  The  Asset  and  Liability 
Committee is comprised of members of senior management and the Board. Excess short-term liquidity is invested in overnight federal 
funds sold or in an interest earning account at the Federal Reserve.

Page -30-

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

In the ordinary course of operations, the Company enters into certain contractual obligations.

The following represents contractual obligations outstanding at December 31, 2011:

(In thousands)
Operating leases
FHLB term advances and repurchase agreements
Junior subordinated debentures
Time deposits
Total contractual obligations outstanding

Total
Amounts
Committed

Less than
One Year

One to
Three Years

Four to
Five Years

Over Five
Years

$

$

7,539 $

16,897
16,002
182,826
233,264 $

1,207 $
1,897
—
107,685
110,789 $

2,407 $
5,000
—
68,223
75,630 $

1,651 $
10,000
—
6,918
18,569 $

2,274
—
16,002
—
18,276

COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

Some  financial  instruments,  such  as  loan  commitments,  credit  lines,  letters  of  credit,  and  overdraft  protection,  are  issued  to  meet 
customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in 
the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off-balance-sheet risk to credit 
loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to 
make such commitments as are used for loans, often including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment. At December 31, 
2011, the Company had $45.8 million in outstanding loan commitments and $155.2 million in outstanding commitments for various 
lines of credit including unused overdraft lines. The Company also has $3.1 million of standby letters of credit as of December 31, 
2011. See Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on loan commitments and standby 
letters of credit.

CAPITAL RESOURCES

Stockholders’ equity increased to $107.0 million at December 31, 2011 from $65.7 million at December 31, 2010 as a result of (i) 
undistributed net income; (ii) the issuance of shares of common stock through the registered direct offering, the at the market offering 
program,  the  HSB  acquisition,  the  Dividend  Reinvestment  Plan  and  the  stock  based  compensation  plan; (iii)  the  change  in  net 
unrealized appreciation in securities available for sale, net of deferred taxes; (iv) less the declaration of dividends; and (v) the change 
in pension liability under FASB ASC 715-30, net of deferred taxes. The ratio of average stockholders’ equity to average total assets 
decreased to 6.11% at year end 2011 from 6.18% at year end 2010.

The  Company’s  capital  strength  is  paralleled  by  the  solid  capital  position  of  the  Bank,  as  reflected  in  the  excess  of  its  regulatory 
capital ratios over the risk-based capital adequacy ratio levels required for classification as a “well capitalized” institution by the FDIC 
(see  Note  13 to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements).  Since  2009,  the  Company  has  actively  managed  its  capital  position  in 
response to its growth. During this period, the Company has raised capital through the following initiatives:

(cid:120)

(cid:120)

(cid:120)

In April 2009, the Company implemented a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (“DRP Plan”) and filed a registration statement on 
Form S-3 to register 600,000 shares of common stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to the 
DRP  Plan.  In  April  2010,  the  Company  increased  the  discount  from  3%  to  5%,  and  raised  the  quarterly  optional  cash 
purchase amount to $50,000 under the DRP Plan. Proceeds from the issuance of common stock related to the DRP Plan for 
the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, was $4.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively. Since the inception 
of the DRP Plan in April 2009 through December 31, 2011, the Company has issued 307,912 shares of common stock and 
raised $6.3 million in capital. 
In June 2009, the Company filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 to register up to $50 million of securities with the 
SEC. 
In December 2009, the Company completed the private placement of $16.0 million in aggregate liquidation amount of 8.50% 
cumulative convertible trust preferred securities (the "TPS”), through its  subsidiary, Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II. The 
TPS  have  a  liquidation  amount  of  $1,000  per  security  and  the  TPS  shares  are  convertible  into  our  common  stock,  at  an 
effective conversion price of $31 per share.  The TPS mature in 30 years but are callable by the Company at par any time 
after September 30, 2014. The Company issued $16.0 million of Junior Subordinated Debentures (the “Debentures”) to the 
trust in exchange for ownership of all of the common security of the trust and the proceeds of the preferred securities sold by 
the trust. In accordance with current accounting guidance, the trust is not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements, 
but rather the Debentures are shown as a liability. The Debentures bear interest at a fixed rate equal to 8.50% and mature on 
December 31, 2039. Consistent with regulatory requirements, the interest payments may be deferred for up to 5 years, and 
are cumulative. The Debentures have the same prepayment provisions as the TPS. The Debentures may be included in Tier I 

Page -31-

capital (with certain limitations applicable) under current regulatory guidelines and interpretations. 

(cid:120) On May 27, 2011, the Company issued 273,479 shares of common stock, increasing capital by $5.8 million, in connection 

(cid:120)

with the acquisition of Hamptons State Bank. 
In  November  2011,  the  Company filed  a  prospectus  supplement  under  which  it  may  from  time  to  time  sell  up  to  $10.0 
million of its common stock pursuant to an at-the-market equity offering program. During 2011 the Company issued 30,220 
shares of common stock and raised $0.6 million in capital under this program.

(cid:120) On December 20, 2011, the Company raised $24.1 million in capital from the sale of 1,377,000 shares of common stock to 

selected institutional and other private investors in a registered direct offering. 

Management  believes  that  the  current  capital  levels  along  with  future  retained  earnings  will  allow  the  Bank  to  maintain  a  position 
exceeding required capital levels and  which is  sufficient to support Company  growth.  Additionally, the Company has the ability  to 
issue additional common stock and/or preferred stock should the need arise. 

The  Company  had  returns  on  average  equity  of  14.37%,  15.29%,  and 15.58%  and  returns  on  average  assets  of  0.88%,  0.95%, and 
1.06%, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The Company also  utilizes cash dividends and stock 
repurchases to  manage capital levels.  Cash dividends declared totaled $4.6 million in 2011 and $5.8 million in 2010. The dividend
payout ratios for 2011 and 2010 were 44.35% and 63.42%, respectively. The Company continues its trend of uninterrupted dividends.
On  March  27,  2006,  the  Company  approved  its  stock  repurchase  plan  allowing  the  repurchase  of  up  to  5%  of  its  then  current 
outstanding shares, 309,000 shares. There is no expiration date for the share repurchase plan. The Company considers opportunities 
for stock repurchases carefully. The Company did not repurchase any shares in 2011, 2010 or 2009.

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  notes  thereto  presented  herein  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally 
accepted accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars 
without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary effect of inflation on 
the operations of the Company is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets 
and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, changes in interest rates have a more significant effect on 
the performance of a financial institution than do the effects of changes in the general rate of inflation and changes in prices. Changes 
in interest rates could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the 
same direction, or in the same magnitude, as the prices of goods and services. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, which 
are beyond the control of the Company, including the influence of domestic and foreign economic conditions and the monetary and 
fiscal policies of the United States government and federal agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve Bank.

IMPACT OF PROSPECTIVE ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

For discussion regarding the impact of new accounting standards, refer to Note 1 p) of the notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Management considers interest rate risk to be the most significant market risk for the Company. Market risk is the risk of loss from 
adverse changes in market prices and rates. Interest rate risk is the exposure to adverse changes in the net income of the Company as a 
result of changes in interest rates.

The  Company’s  primary  earnings  source  is  net  interest  income,  which  is  affected  by  changes  in  the  level  of  interest  rates,  the
relationship  between  rates,  the  impact  of  interest  rate  fluctuations  on  asset  prepayments,  the  level  and  composition  of  deposits  and 
liabilities, and the credit quality of earning assets. The Company’s objectives in its asset and liability management are to maintain a 
strong,  stable  net interest  margin, to utilize its capital effectively  without taking undue risks, to  maintain adequate liquidity, and to 
reduce vulnerability of its operations to changes in interest rates.

The Company’s Asset and Liability Committee evaluates periodically, but at least four times a year, the impact of changes in market 
interest rates on assets and liabilities, net interest margin, capital and liquidity. Risk assessments are governed by policies and limits 
established by senior management, which are reviewed and approved by the full Board of Directors at least annually. The economic 
environment continually presents uncertainties as to future interest rate trends. The Asset and Liability Committee regularly utilizes a 
model that projects net interest income based on increasing or decreasing interest rates, in order to be better able to respond to changes 
in interest rates.

At December 31, 2011, $560.4 million or 91.5% of the Company’s securities had fixed interest rates. Changes in interest rates affect 
the value of the Company’s interest earning assets and in particular its securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities fluctuates 
inversely  with  changes  in  interest  rates.  Increases  in  interest  rates  could  result  in  decreases  in  the  market  value  of  interest  earning 
assets,  which could adversely affect the  Company’s stockholders’ equity and its results  of operations if  sold. The Company is also 

Page -32-

subject to reinvestment risk associated with changes in interest rates. Changes in market interest rates also could affect the type (fixed-
rate or adjustable-rate) and amount of loans originated by the Company and the average life of loans and securities, which can impact 
the yields earned on the Company’s loans and securities. In periods of decreasing interest rates, the average life of loans and securities 
held by the Company may be shortened to the extent increased prepayment activity occurs during such periods which, in turn, may 
result in the investment of funds from such prepayments in lower yielding assets. Under these circumstances the Company is subject 
to reinvestment risk to the extent that it is unable to reinvest the cash received from such prepayments at rates that are comparable to 
the  rates  on  existing  loans  and  securities.  Additionally,  increases  in  interest  rates  may  result  in  decreasing  loan  prepayments  with 
respect to fixed rate loans (and therefore an increase in the average life of such loans), may result in a decrease in loan demand, and 
make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable rate loans.

The Company utilizes the results of a detailed and dynamic simulation model to quantify the estimated exposure to net interest income 
to sustained interest rate changes.  Management routinely monitors simulated net interest income sensitivity over a rolling two-year 
horizon.  The simulation model captures the seasonality of the Company’s deposit flows and the impact of changing interest rates on 
the interest income received and the interest expense paid on all assets and liabilities reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance 
sheet.    This  sensitivity  analysis  is  compared  to  the  asset  and  liability  policy  limits  that  specify  a  maximum  tolerance  level for  net 
interest income exposure over a one-year horizon given a 100 and 200 basis point upward shift in interest rates and a 100 basis point 
downward shift in interest rates.  A parallel and pro-rata shift in rates over a twelve-month period is assumed.  

The following reflects the Company’s net interest income sensitivity analysis at December 31, 2011:

Change in Interest
Rates in Basis Points
(Dollars in thousands)
200
100
Static
(100)

2011
Potential Change
in Net
Interest Income

$ Change

% Change

$
$

$

(1,968)
(926)
—
(16)

(4.32)%
(2.03)%
—
(0.04)%

The  preceding  sensitivity  analysis  does  not  represent  a  Company  forecast  and  should  not  be  relied  upon  as  being  indicative  of
expected  operating  results.  These  hypothetical  estimates  are  based  upon  numerous  assumptions  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the 
nature  and  timing  of  interest  rate  levels  and  yield  curve  shapes,  prepayments  on  loans  and  securities,  deposit  decay  rates,  pricing 
decisions on loans and deposits, and reinvestment and replacement of asset and liability cash flows. While assumptions are developed 
based upon perceived current economic and local market conditions, the Company cannot make any assurances as to the predictive
nature of these assumptions including how customer preferences or competitor influences may change.

Also, as market conditions vary from those assumed in the sensitivity analysis, actual results will also differ due to prepayment and 
refinancing  levels  likely  deviating  from  those  assumed,  the  varying  impact  of  interest  rate  change  caps  or  floors  on adjustable  rate 
assets,  the  potential  effect  of  changing  debt  service  levels  on  customers  with  adjustable  rate  loans,  depositor  early  withdrawals, 
prepayment penalties and product preference changes and other internal and external variables. Furthermore, the sensitivity analysis 
does not reflect actions that management might take in responding to, or anticipating changes in interest rates and market conditions.

Page -33-

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts) 

ASSETS
Cash and due from banks
Interest earning deposits with banks

Total cash and cash equivalents

Securities available for sale, at fair value
Securities held to maturity (fair value of $170,952 and $148,144, respectively)

Total securities

Securities, restricted

Loans held for sale

Loans held for investments

Allowance for loan losses

Loans, net

Premises and equipment, net
Accrued interest receivable
Goodwill
Core deposit intangible 
Other assets
Total Assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Demand deposits
Savings, NOW and money market deposits
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more
Other time deposits
Total deposits

Federal funds purchased and Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings
Repurchase agreements
Junior subordinated debentures
Accrued interest payable
Other liabilities and accrued expenses
Total Liabilities

Commitments and Contingencies

Stockholders’ equity:

Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (2,000,000 shares authorized; none issued)
Common stock, par value $.01 per share:

Authorized: 20,000,000 shares; 8,374,917 and 6,456,742 shares issued, respectively; 

8,345,399 and 6,364,656 shares outstanding, respectively

Surplus
Retained earnings
Less: Treasury Stock at cost, 29,518 and 92,086 shares, respectively

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

Net unrealized gain on securities, net of deferred income taxes of ($3,774) and ($2,336),

respectively

Pension liability, net of deferred income taxes of $2,205 and $1,202, respectively

Total Stockholders’ Equity
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Page -34-

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

$

$

25,921 $
53,625
79,546

441,439
169,153
610,592

1,660

2,300

612,143
(10,837)
601,306

21,598
1,320
22,918

323,539
147,965
471,504

1,284

—

504,060
(8,497)
495,563

24,171
4,940
2,034
316
10,593
1,337,458 $

23,683
4,153
—
—
9,351
1,028,456

321,496 $
683,863
140,578
42,248
1,188,185

—
16,897
16,002
319
9,068
1,230,471

—

—

84
54,034
52,228
(1,787)
104,559

5,734
(3,306)
106,987

239,314
544,470
90,574
42,635
916,993

5,000
16,370
16,002
433
7,938
962,736

—

—

64
20,946
46,463
(3,520)
63,953

3,549
(1,782)
65,720
1,028,456

$

1,337,458 $  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In thousands, except per share amounts) 

2011

2010

2009

$

$
$
$
$

35,434
9,000
2,876
2,220
705
—
123
68
50,426

3,936
1,264
507
543
—
1,366
7,616

42,810
3,900
38,910

3,137
2,553
1,016
135
108
6,949

18,036
3,094
1,231
559
649
825
793
42
5,608
30,837

15,022
4,663
10,359
1.54
1.54
11,020

$

$
$
$
$

30,223
9,585
2,704
2,054
231
5
54
43
44,899

3,594
1,489
762
530
—
1,365
7,740

37,159
3,500
33,659

2,756
2,163
1,103
1,303
108
7,433

15,978
2,837
1,138
555
546
1,274
—
—
5,551
27,879

13,213
4,047
9,166
1.45
1.45
7,411

$

$
$
$
$

29,167
11,074
2,201
814
—
33
13
66
43,368

3,698
2,154
1,371
401
1
190
7,815

35,553
4,150
31,403

2,997
1,678
903
529
67
6,174

14,084
2,337
1,007
486
457
1,574
—
—
4,820
24,765

12,812
4,049
8,763
1.41
1.41
10,434

Years Ended December 31,
Interest income:

Loans (including fee income)
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
State and municipal obligations
U.S. GSE securities
Corporate bonds
Federal funds sold
Deposits with banks
Other interest and dividend income

Total interest income

Interest expense:

Savings, NOW and money market deposits
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more
Other time deposits
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
Junior subordinated debentures

Total interest expense

Net interest income
Provision for loan losses
Net interest income after provision for loan losses

Non interest income:

Service charges on deposit accounts
Fees for other customer services
Title fee income
Net securities gains 
Other operating income

Total non interest income

Non interest expense:

Salaries and employee benefits
Net occupancy expense
Furniture and fixture expense
Data/Item processing
Advertising
FDIC assessments
Acquisition costs 
Amortization of core deposit intangible
Other operating expenses

Total non interest expense

Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
Comprehensive income

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Page -35-

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts) 

Balance at January 1, 2009
Net income 
Shares issued under the dividend reinvestment 

plan (“DRP”), net of offering costs

Stock awards granted 
Vesting of stock awards
Exercise of stock options
Tax effect of stock plans
Shared based compensation expense
Cash dividend declared, $0.92 per share
Other comprehensive income, net of deferred 

taxes:

Change in unrealized net gains in securities 

available for sale, net of reclassification and 
deferred tax effects

Adjustment to pension liability, net of deferred 

taxes

Comprehensive income
Balance at December 31, 2009

Net income 
Shares issued under the dividend reinvestment 

plan (“DRP”), net of offering costs

Stock awards granted 
Vesting of stock awards
Exercise of stock options 
Tax effect of stock plans
Shared based compensation expense
Cash dividend declared, $0.92 per share
Other comprehensive income, net of deferred 

taxes:

Change in unrealized net gains in securities 

available for sale, net of reclassification and 
deferred tax effects

Adjustment to pension liability, net of deferred 

taxes

Comprehensive income
Balance at December 31, 2010

Net income 
Shares issued under the dividend reinvestment 

plan (“DRP”)

Shares issued in common stock offerings, net 

of offering costs (1,407,220 shares)

Shares issued in the acquisition of Hamptons 

State Bank (273,479 shares)

Stock awards granted 
Stock awards forfeited
Vesting of stock awards
Tax effect of stock plans
Shared based compensation expense
Cash dividend declared, $0.69 per share
Other comprehensive income, net of deferred 

taxes:

Change in unrealized net gains in securities 

available for sale, net of reclassification and 
deferred tax effects

Adjustment to pension liability, net of deferred 

taxes

Comprehensive income
Balance at December 31, 2011

Common 
Stock

Surplus

$

64

$

20,452

Comprehensive
Income

$

8,763

Retained
Earnings
40,081
$
8,763

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Treasury
Stock

$

(6,309)

$

1,851

$

252
(1,664)

148
12
750

3
1,664
(52)
(97)

(5,734)

Total

56,139
8,763

255
—
(52)
51
12
750
(5,734)

$

64

$

19,950

1,389
(1,274)

(11)
11
881

$

64

$

20,946

3

14

3

4,613

23,447

5,847
(1,889)
39

(16)
1,047

$

$

$

$

$

1,832

(161)
10,434

1,832

1,832

(161)

(161)

$

43,110

$

(4,791)

$

3,522

$

61,855

9,166

9,166

6
1,274
(37)
28

(5,813)

9,166

1,395
—
(37)
17
11
881
(5,813)

(1,700)

(55)
7,411

(1,700)

(1,700)

(55)

(55)

$

46,463

$

(3,520)

$

1,767

$

65,720

11

1,889
(39)
(128)

10,359

10,359

(4,594)

2,185

(1,524)
11,020

10,359

4,627

23,461

5,850
—
—
(128)
(16)
1,047
(4,594)

2,185

2,185

(1,524)

(1,524)

$

84

$

54,034

$

52,228

$

(1,787)

$

2,428

$ 106,987

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Page -36-

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(In thousands)

Years Ended December 31,
Cash flows from operating activities:

2011

2010

2009

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

$

10,359 $

9,166

$

8,763

Provision for loan losses
Depreciation and amortization
Net amortization on securities
Amortization of core deposit intangible
Share based compensation expense
Net securities gains
Increase in accrued interest receivable
Decrease (increase) in other assets 
(Decrease) increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of securities available for sale
Purchases of securities, restricted
Purchases of securities held to maturity
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
Redemption of securities, restricted
Maturities, calls and principal payments of securities available for sale 
Maturities, calls and principal payments of securities held to maturity
Net increase in loans
Purchase of premises and equipment
Net cash acquired in business combination

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Net increase in deposits 
Net (decrease) increase in federal funds purchased and FHLB overnight borrowings 
Repayments of FHLB term advances
Net increase in repurchase agreements 
Proceeds from issuance of junior subordinated debentures
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock
Net proceeds from exercise of stock options 
Repurchase of surrendered stock from exercise of stock options and vesting of 

restricted stock awards

Excess tax (expense) benefit from share based compensation
Cash dividends paid

Net cash provided by financing activities 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 

Supplemental Information-Cash Flows:

Cash paid for:
Interest 
Income tax

Noncash investing and financing activities:

Dividends declared and unpaid at end of period
Transfers from portfolio loans to loans held for sale

Acquisition of noncash assets and liabilities:

Fair value of assets acquired
Fair value of liabilities assumed

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Page -37-

3,900
1,843
2,400
42
1,047
(135)
(787)
1,593
(1,582)
18,680

(302,760)
(315)
(83,911)
14,084
225
196,886
61,844
(73,029)
(2,031)
2,309
(186,698)

214,252
(7,000)
(5,016)
527
—
28,088
—

(128)
(16)
(6,061)
224,646

56,628
22,918
79,546 $

3,500
1,612
1,454
—
881
(1,303)
(474)
2,041
(1,454)
15,423

(226,213)
(2,055)
(137,240)
31,446
1,976
175,013
66,056
(57,070)
(3,989)
—
(152,076)

123,455
5,000
—
1,370
—
1,395
17

(37)
11
(5,787)
125,424

(11,229)
34,147
22,918

7,730 $
4,550 $

7,838
5,922

$

$
$

— $
2,300 $

1,467

$
— $

4,150
1,453
305
—
750
(529)
(53)
(6,875)
1,529
9,493

(113,975)
(19,514)
(65,838)
13,087
22,109
108,838
31,752
(20,413)
(4,382)
—
(48,336)

134,453
(70,900)
(30,000)
—
16,002
255
34

(35)
12
(5,716)
44,105

5,262
28,885
34,147

7,956
3,264

1,441
—

66,566 $
65,059 $

— $
— $

—
—

$

$
$

$
$

$
$

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is incorporated under the laws of the State of New York as a single bank holding company.
The Company’s business currently consists of the operations of its wholly-owned subsidiary, The Bridgehampton National Bank (the 
“Bank”).  The  Bank’s  operations  include  its  real  estate  investment  trust  subsidiary,  Bridgehampton  Community,  Inc.  (“BCI”)  and a
financial title insurance subsidiary, Bridge Abstract LLC (“Bridge Abstract”). 

In  addition  to  the  Bank,  the  Company  has  another  subsidiary,  Bridge  Statutory  Capital  Trust  II, which  was  formed  in  2009.  In 
accordance  with current accounting guidance, the trust is not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements.  See Note 7 for a 
further discussion of Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II. 

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and general 
practices  within  the  financial  institution  industry.  The  following  is  a  description  of  the  significant  accounting  policies  that  the 
Company follows in preparing its Consolidated Financial Statements. 

a) Basis of Financial Statement Presentation 

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared on the accrual basis of accounting and include the accounts of the 
Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements,  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  requires  management to 
make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent assets  and 
liabilities as of the date of each consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statement of income for the years then ended. 
Such estimates are subject to change in the future as additional information becomes available or previously existing circumstances 
are  modified.  Actual  future  results  could  differ  significantly  from  those  estimates.  The  allowance  for  loan  losses,  fair  values  of 
financial  instruments,  deferred  taxes,  prepayment  speeds  on  mortgage-backed  securities,  and  pension  assumptions  are  particularly 
subject to change. 

b) Cash and Cash Equivalents 

For  purposes  of  reporting  cash  flows,  cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  cash  on  hand,  amounts  due  from  banks,  interest  earning 
deposits  with  banks, and  federal  funds  sold,  which  mature  overnight.  Cash  flows  are  reported  net  for  customer  loan  and  deposit 
transactions, overnight borrowings and federal funds purchased, Federal Home Loan Bank advances, and repurchase agreements.

c) Securities

Debt and equity securities are classified in one of the following categories: (i) “held to maturity” (management has a positive intent
and ability to hold to maturity),  which are reported at amortized cost, (ii) “available for sale” (all other debt and marketable equity 
securities), which are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported net of tax, as accumulated other comprehensive 
income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity, and (iii) “restricted” which represents FHLB, FRB and bankers’ banks stock 
which are reported at cost. 

Premiums  and  discounts  on  securities  are  amortized  to  expense  and  accreted  to  income  over  the  estimated  life  of  the  respective
securities using the interest method. Gains and losses on the sales of securities are recognized upon realization based on the specific 
identification method. Declines in the fair value of securities below their cost that are other than temporary are reflected as realized 
losses.  In  estimating  other-than-temporary  impairment  (“OTTI”),  management  considers many  factors  including:  (1)  the  length  of 
time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the 
market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) the whether the Company has the intent to sell the security or more 
than  likely  than  not  will  be  required  to  sell  the  security  before  its  anticipated  recovery. If  either  of  the  criteria  regarding  intent  or 
requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. 
For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: (1) 
OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and (2) impairment related to other factors, which is 
recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash  flows 
expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. The assessment of whether any other than temporary decline exists may involve 
a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time. 

Page -38-

d) Loans, Loan Interest Income Recognition and Loans Held for Sale

Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of deferred origination costs and fees and purchase premiums and discounts.
Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct and indirect costs incurred in connection with loan originations are deferred 
and amortized to income over the life of the related loans as an adjustment to yield. When a loan prepays, the remaining unamortized 
net deferred origination fees or costs are recognized in the current year. Interest on loans is credited to income based on the principal 
outstanding  during  the  period.    Past  due  status  is  based  on  the  contractual  terms  of  the  loan. Loans that  are  90  days  past  due  are 
automatically placed on nonaccrual and previously accrued interest is reversed and charged against interest income. However, if the 
loan is in the process of collection and the Bank has reasonable assurance that the loan will be fully collectible based upon individual 
loan evaluation assessing such factors as collateral and collectibility, accrued interest will be recognized as earned. If a payment is 
received when a loan is nonaccrual or a troubled debt restructuring loan is nonaccrual, the payment is applied to the principal balance.
A performing troubled debt restructuring loan is on accrual status in line with the modified terms. Loans are returned to accrual status 
when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the 
scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by 
management  in  determining  impairment  include  payment  status  and  the  probability  of  collecting  scheduled  principal  and  interest
payments when due. Loans for which the terms have been modified as a concession to the borrower due to the borrower experiencing 
financial difficulties are considered troubled debt restructurings and are classified as impaired. Loans considered to be troubled debt 
restructurings can be categorized as nonaccrual or performing. The impairment of a loan is measured at the value of expected future 
cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral less costs 
to sell if the loan is collateral dependent. Generally, the Bank measures impairment of such loans by reference to the fair value of the 
collateral less costs to sell. Loans that experience minor payment delays and payment shortfall generally are not classified as impaired. 

Loans over $50,000 are individually evaluated for impairment.  If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the 
loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if 
repayment is expected solely from the collateral.  Loans with balances less than $50,000, are collectively evaluated for impairment, 
and accordingly, they are not separately identified for impairment disclosures.  

Loans that were acquired from the acquisition of Hamptons State Bank on May 27, 2011 were initially recorded at fair value with no 
carryover  of  the  related  allowance  for  loan  losses.  After  acquisition,  losses  are  recognized  through the  allowance  for  loan  losses. 
Determining  fair  value  of  the  loans  involves  estimating  the  amount  and  timing  of  expected  principal  and  interest  cash  flows  to  be 
collected  on  the  loans  and  discounting  those  cash  flows  at  a  market  interest  rate.  Some  of  the  loans  at  time  of  acquisition  showed 
evidence of credit deterioration since origination. These loans are considered purchase credit impaired loans.

For purchased credit impaired loans, the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the 
accretable discount and is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan. The difference between contractually 
required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable discount. 
The  nonaccretable  discount  represents  estimated  future  credit  losses  expected  to  be  incurred  over  the  life  of  the  loan.  Subsequent 
increases  to  the  expected  cash  flows  result  in  the  reversal  of  a  corresponding  amount  of  the  nonaccretable  discount  which  is  then 
reclassified as accretable discount and recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan using the interest method. 
Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows require us to evaluate the need for an addition to the allowance for loan losses.

Purchased credit impaired loans that met the criteria for nonaccrual of interest prior to the acquisition may be considered performing 
upon acquisition, regardless of whether the customer is contractually delinquent, if  management can reasonably estimate the timing 
and amount of the expected cash flows on such loans and if management expects to fully collect the new carrying value of the loans. 
As such, management may no longer consider the loans to be nonaccrual or nonperforming and may accrue interest on these loans, 
including the impact of any accretable discount. 

Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost, or estimated fair market value. At December 31, 2011, the Company had 
$2.3 million of loans held for sale.  These loans were subsequently sold in January 2012 with no resulting gain or loss recognized.

Unless otherwise noted, the above policy is applied consistently to all loan classes.

e) Allowance for Loan Losses 

The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. The Bank monitors its entire loan portfolio 
on  a  regular  basis,  with  consideration  given  to  loan  growth,  detailed  analyses  of  classified  loans,  repayment  patterns,  delinquency 
status, past  loss  experience,  current  economic  conditions,  and  various  types  of  concentrations  of  credit.  Additionally,  the  Bank
considers its  credit  administration  and  asset  management  philosophies  and  procedures and  concentrations  in  the  portfolio  when 
determining  the  allowances  for  each  pool.  The  Bank evaluates and  considers the  credit’s  risk  rating  which  includes  management’s 
evaluation of: cash flow, collateral, guarantor support, financial disclosures, industry trends and strength of borrowers’ management, 

Page -39-

the  impact  that  economic  and  market  conditions  may  have  on  the  portfolio  as  well  as  known  and  inherent  risks  in  the  portfolio.
Finally, the Bank evaluates and considers the allowance ratios and coverage percentages of both peer  group and regulatory agency 
data.  These  evaluations  are  inherently  subjective  because,  even  though  they  are  based  on  objective  data,  it  is  management’s 
interpretation  of  that  data  that  determines  the  amount  of  the  appropriate  allowance.  If  the  evaluations  prove  to  be  incorrect,  the 
allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance for 
loan losses.

The allowance consists of specific and general components.  The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as 
impaired.  

Additions to the allowance are charged to expense and realized losses, net of recoveries, are charged to the allowance. Based on the 
determination of management and the Credit Risk Committee, the overall level of allowance is periodically adjusted to account for the 
inherent and specific risks  within the entire portfolio. Based on the  Credit Risk Committee’s review of the classified  loans and the 
overall allowance levels as they relate to the entire loan portfolio at December 31, 2011, management believes the allowance for loan 
losses is adequate. 

A  loan  is  considered  a  potential  charge-off  when  it  is  in  default  of  either  principal  or  interest  for  a  period  of  90,  120  or  180  days, 
depending  upon  the  loan  type,  as of  the  end  of  the  prior  month.  In  addition  to  delinquency  criteria,  other  triggering  events  may 
include, but are not limited to, notice of bankruptcy by the borrower or guarantor, death of the borrower, and deficiency balance from 
the sale of collateral. 

While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based 
on changes in conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review 
the  Bank’s  allowance  for  loan  losses.  Such  agencies  may  require  the  Bank  to  recognize  additions  to,  or  charge-offs  against,  the 
allowance based on their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examination. Refer to Note 3 for further 
details.

Unless otherwise noted, the above policy is applied consistently to all loan segments.

f) Premises and Equipment 

Buildings, furniture and fixtures and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Buildings and related components are 
depreciated using the straight-line method using a useful life of fifty years for buildings and a range of two to ten years for equipment, 
computer hardware and software, and furniture and fixtures. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lives of the respective 
leases or the service lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. Land is recorded at cost. 

Improvements and major repairs are capitalized, while the cost of ordinary maintenance, repairs and minor improvements are charged 
to expense. 

g) Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments 

Financial  instruments  include  off-balance  sheet  credit  instruments,  such  as  unused  lines  of  credit,  commitments  to  make  loans  and 
commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer-financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, 
before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded on the balance sheet when they are 
funded. 

h) Income Taxes 

The  Company  follows  the  asset  and  liability  approach,  which  requires  the  recognition  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the 
expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities, 
computed using enacted tax rates. Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not that a future benefit will be realized. 
It is management’s position, as currently supported by the facts and circumstances, that no valuation allowance is necessary against 
any of the Company’s deferred tax assets. 

In accordance with FASB ASC 740, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, a tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is 
“more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. 
The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax 
positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. There are no such tax positions on the Company’s 
financial statements at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company did not have
any amounts accrued for interest and penalties at December 31, 2011 or 2010.

Page -40-

i) Treasury Stock 

Repurchases of common stock are recorded as treasury stock at cost. Treasury stock is reissued using the first in, first out method. 

j) Earnings Per Share 

Earnings per share is calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 260-10, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based 
Payment  Transactions  Are  Participating  Securities”.  This  ASC  addresses  whether  instruments  granted  in  share-based  payment 
transactions  are  participating  securities  prior  to  vesting  and,  therefore,  need  to  be  included  in  the  earnings  allocation  in  computing
earnings  per  share  (“EPS”).  Basic  earnings  per  common  share  is  net  income attributable  to  common  shareholders divided  by  the 
weighted average  number of  common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share,  which reflects the potential 
dilution  that  could  occur  if  outstanding  stock  options  were  exercised  and  if junior  subordinated  debentures  were  converted  into 
common  shares,  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income attributable  to  common  shareholders by  the  weighted  average  number  of 
common shares and common stock equivalents. 

k) Dividends 

Cash available for distribution of dividends to shareholders of the Company is primarily derived from cash and cash equivalents of the 
Company and dividends paid by the Bank to the Company. Due to regulatory restrictions, dividends from the Bank to the Company at 
December 31, 2011, were limited to $28.7 million which represents the Bank’s 2011 retained net income and net retained earnings 
from the previous two years. During 2011, the Bank did not pay dividends to the Company. Prior regulatory approval is required if the 
total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of the Bank’s net income of that year combined with 
its retained net income of the preceding two years.

l) Segment Reporting 

While management monitors the revenue streams of the various products and services, the identifiable segments are not material and 
operations  are  managed  and  financial  performance  is  evaluated  on  a  Company-wide  basis.  Accordingly,  all  of  the  financial  service 
operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment. 

m) Stock Based Compensation Plans 

Stock  based  compensation  awards  are  recorded  in  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  No.  718 and  505,  “Accounting  for  Stock-Based 
Compensation” which requires companies to record compensation cost for stock options and stock awards granted to employees in 
return for employee service. The cost is measured at the fair value of the options and awards when granted, and this cost is expensed 
over the employee service period, which is normally the vesting period of the options and awards. 

n) Comprehensive Income 

Comprehensive income includes net income and all other changes in equity during a period, except those resulting from investments 
by  owners  and  distributions  to  owners.  Other  comprehensive  income  includes  revenues,  expenses,  gains  and  losses  that  under 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles  are  included  in  comprehensive  income  but  excluded  from  net  income.  Comprehensive 
income and accumulated other comprehensive income are reported net of deferred income taxes. Accumulated other comprehensive 
income for the Company includes unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities, and the pension liability. FASB 
ASC  715-30 “Compensation  – Retirement  Benefits  – Defined  Benefit  Plans  – Pension”  requires  employers  to  recognize  the 
overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position 
and to recognize changes in  that  funded status in the  year  the changes occur through comprehensive income. Other comprehensive 
income is net of reclassification adjustments for realized gains (losses) on sales of available for sale securities. 

o) Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in
Note  12.  Fair value  estimates  involve  uncertainties  and  matters  of  significant  judgment  regarding  interest  rates,  credit  risk, 
prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market 
conditions could significantly affect the estimates. 

p) New Accounting Standards 

In  December  2011,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB")  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2011-12, 
“Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassification of Items 
Out  of  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Income  in  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2011-05”.  In  order  to  defer  only  those 
changes  in  Update  2011-05  that  relate  to  the  presentation  of  reclassification  adjustments,  the  paragraphs  in  this  Update  supersede 

Page -41-

certain pending paragraphs in Update 2011-05. The amendments are being made to allow the Board time to redeliberate whether to 
present on the face of the financial statements the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the 
components of net income and other comprehensive income for all periods presented. While the Board is considering the operational 
concerns about the presentation requirements for reclassification adjustments and the needs of financial statement users for additional 
information  about  reclassification  adjustments,  entities  should  continue  to  report  reclassifications  out  of  accumulated  other 
comprehensive income consistent with the presentation requirements in effect before Update 2011-05.

In  September  2011,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB")  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2011-8, 
“Intangibles  – Goodwill  and  Other  (Topic  350)  Testing  Goodwill  for  Impairment”  (“ASU  2011-8”).  ASU  2011-8  clarifies  the 
guidance for goodwill impairment testing by allowing companies to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary 
to  perform  the  two-step  quantitative  goodwill  impairment  test.  The  company would  not  be  required  to  calculate  the  fair  value  of a 
reporting unit unless the company determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less 
than its carrying amount.  ASU 2011-8 includes a number of events and circumstances for companies to consider in conducting the 
qualitative assessment. ASU 2011-8 is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning 
after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has early adopted ASU 2011-8 for its annual impairment test for 
the year ended December 31, 2011 and it did not have a material impact on the Company.

In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update No.2011-5, “Comprehensive 
Income  (Topic  220)”  (“ASU  2011-5”).  ASU  2011-5  gives companies the option  to  present  the  total  of  comprehensive  income,  the 
components  of  net  income,  and  the  components  of  other  comprehensive  income  either  in  a  single  continuous  statement  of 
comprehensive  income  or  in  two  separate  but  consecutive  statements.  In  both  choices,  the  company is required  to  present  each 
component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other
comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. ASU 2011-5 eliminates the option to present the components 
of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders' equity. The amendments in this guidance do not 
change  the  items  that  must  be  reported  in  other  comprehensive  income  or  when  an  item  of  other  comprehensive  income  must  be 
reclassified to net income. ASU 2011-5 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 
15, 2011. Adoption of AUS 2011-5 is not anticipated to have a material impact on the Company.

In  May 2011,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB")  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.2011-4,  “Fair  Value 
Measurement and Disclosures (Topic 820)” (“ASU 2011-4”). ASU 2011-4 clarifies the guidance for determining fair value including
some  instances  where  a  particular  principle  or  requirement  for  measuring  fair  value  or  disclosing  information  about  fair  value 
measurements has changed. This Update results in common principles and requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing 
information about fair value measurements in accordance with current accounting guidance. ASU 2011-4 is effective for interim and 
annual  reporting  periods  ending  on  or  after  December  15,  2011. Adoption  of  AUS  2011-4 did  not have  a  material  impact  on  the 
Company.

In April 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-2, "A Creditor’s 
Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring" ("ASU 2011-2").  ASU 2011-2 clarifies the guidance for 
determining  whether  a  loan  restructuring  constitutes  a  troubled  debt  restructuring  ("TDR")  outlined  in  Accounting  Standards 
Codification ("ASC") No. 310-40, "Receivables—Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors," by providing additional guidance to a 
creditor  in  making  the  following  required  assessments  needed  to  determine  whether  a  restructuring  is  a  TDR:  (i)  whether  or  not  a 
concession  has  been  granted  in  a  debt  restructuring;  (ii)  whether  a  temporary  or  permanent  increase  in  the  contractual  interest  rate
precludes the restructuring from being a TDR; (iii) whether a restructuring results in an insignificant  delay in payment; (iv) whether a 
borrower that is not currently in payment default is experiencing financial difficulties; and (v) whether a creditor can use the effective 
interest rate test outlined in debtor’s guidance on restructuring of payables (ASC Topic No. 470-60-55-10) when evaluating whether 
or  not  a  restructuring  constitutes  a  TDR.   This  update  is  effective  the  first  interim  or  annual  period beginning  on  or  after  June  15, 
2011, and should be applied retrospectively to the beginning of the annual period of adoption. Adoption of ASU 2011-2 did not have a 
material impact on the Company. 

q) Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Stock 

The  Bank  is  a  member  of  the  FHLB  system.  Members  are  required  to  own  a  particular  amount  of  stock  based  on  the  level  of 
borrowings  and  other  factors,  and  may  invest  in  additional  amounts.  FHLB  stock  is  carried  at  cost  and  classified  as  a  restricted 
security,  and  periodically  evaluated  for  impairment  based  on  ultimate  recovery  of  par  value.  Both  cash  and  stock  dividends  are 
reported as income. 

r) Reclassifications 

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts, and the related discussion and analysis, to conform to the current year 
presentation. 

Page -42-

2. SECURITIES 

A summary of the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value of securities is as follows: 

December 31,
(In thousands)

Available for sale:

2011

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Amortized
Cost

Fair
Value

Amortized
Cost

2010

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

$

131,674
54,219

$

U.S. GSE securities 
State and municipal obligations 
U.S. GSE Residential mortgage-

backed securities 
U.S. GSE Commercial 

collateralized mortgage 
obligations

U.S. GSE Residential collateralized 

mortgage obligations

Total available for sale 

Held to maturity:

U.S. GSE securities
State and municipal obligations 
U.S. GSE Residential collateralized 

mortgage obligations

     Corporate bonds
Total held to maturity 
Total securities 

$ 130,708
52,861

$

67,317

5,167

175,878
431,931

—
104,314

42,081
22,758
169,153
$ 601,084

$

968
1,366

3,667

70

3,493
9,564

—
2,048

1,104
3
3,155
12,719

$

$

(2)
(8)

—

—

(46)
(56)

—
(5)

(21)
(1,330)
(1,356)
(1,412)

$

70,984

5,237

179,325
441,439

—
106,357

43,164
21,431
170,952
612,391

41,463
47,175

76,814

—

152,202
317,654

24,973
64,728

40,264
18,000
147,965
$ 465,619

$

$

213
1,173

3,481

—

2,618
7,485

118
439

954
—
1,511
8,996

$

$

(343)
(283)

(124)

$

41,333
48,065

80,171

—

—

(850)
(1,600)

153,970
323,539

(199)
(922)

(53)
(158)
(1,332)
(2,932)

24,892
64,245

41,165
17,842
148,144
$ 471,683

All  of  the  residential  mortgage-backed  securities, residential  collateralized  mortgage  obligations  and  commercial  collateralized 
mortgage obligations were backed by U.S. Government Sponsored Entities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Securities with unrealized losses at year-end 2011 and 2010, aggregated by category and length of time that individual securities have 
been in a continuous unrealized loss position, are as follows: 

December 31,
(In thousands)

2011

2010

Less than 12 months
Fair 
Value

Unrealized
losses

Greater than 12 months
Unrealized
losses

Fair 
Value

Less than 12 months

Greater than 12 months

Fair Value

Unrealized
losses

Fair Value

Unrealized
losses

Available for sale:

U.S. GSE securities 
State and municipal obligations 
U.S. GSE Residential mortgage-

backed securities

U.S. GSE Residential collateralized 

mortgage obligations

Total available for sale

Held to maturity:

U.S. GSE securities 
State and municipal obligations 
U.S. GSE Residential collateralized 

mortgage obligations

     Corporate Bonds
Total held to maturity

$

$

$

$

7,196
4,283

—

7,672
19,151

$

$

— $

7,011

4,810
4,664
16,485

$

$

$

$

2
8

—

46
56

—
5

—
—

—

—
—

—
—

21
336
362

—
12,006
$ 12,006

$

$

$

$

— $
—

25,145
11,927

—

7,591

—
— $

55,906
100,569

— $
—

—
994
994

$

9,800
27,416

4,952
17,842
60,010

$

$

$

$

343
283

124

850
1,600

199
922

53
158
1,332

$

$

$

$

— $
—

—

—
— $

— $
—

—
—
— $

—
—

—

—
—

—
—

—
—
—

Unrealized losses on securities have not been recognized into income, as the losses on these securities would be expected to dissipate 
as they approach their maturity dates. The Company evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment periodically and with 
increased frequency when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to the length of time and the 
extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, whether the market 
decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and whether the Company has the intent to sell the security or more than likely 
than not will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery. In analyzing an issuer’s financial condition, the Company 
may consider whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its entities, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies 
have occurred, and the issuer’s financial condition. 

The following table sets forth the fair value, amortized cost and maturities of the securities at December 31, 2011. Expected maturities 
will  differ  from  contractual  maturities  because  borrowers  may  have  the  right  to  call  or  prepay  obligations  with  or  without  call  or 
prepayment penalties. 

Page -43-

December 31, 2011
(In thousands)

Available for sale:

U.S. GSE securities 
State and municipal 

obligations 

U.S. GSE residential 
mortgage-backed 
securities

U.S. GSE residential 

collateralized mortgage 
obligations

U.S. GSE commercial

collateralized mortgage 
obligations (1)
Total available for sale 

Within
One Year

After One But
Within Five Years

After Five But
Within Ten Years

After
Ten Years

Total

Fair Value
Amount

Amortized
Cost
Amount

Fair Value 
Amount

Amortized
Cost
Amount

Fair Value
Amount

Amortized
Cost
Amount

Fair Value
Amount

Amortized
Cost
Amount

Fair Value
Amount

Amortized
Cost
Amount

$

— $

— $

35,321 $

34,915

$

96,353 $

95,793

$

— $

— $ 131,674 $

130,708

14,191

14,141

31,408

30,619

8,154

7,644

466

457

54,219

52,861

—

—

—

—

977

915

16,855

16,027

53,152

50,375

70,984

67,317

—

—

16,912

16,787

162,413

159,091

179,325

175,878

—
14,191

—
14,141

—
67,706

—
66,449

—
138,274

—
136,251

5,237
221,268

5,167
215,090

5,237
441,439

5,167
431,931

Held to maturity:

State and municipal 

obligations 

U.S. GSE residential 

collateralized mortgage 
obligations
Corporate Bonds
Total held to maturity 
Total securities 

$

60,285

60,209

21,363

20,789

4,007

3,769

20,702

19,547

106,357

104,314

—
—
60,285
74,476 $

—
—
60,209
74,350

—
11,012
32,375
$ 100,081 $

—
11,758
32,547
98,996

—
10,419
14,426

—
11,000
14,769
$ 152,700 $ 151,020

43,164
—
63,866
$ 285,134 $

42,081
—
61,628
276,718

43,164
21,431
170,952
$ 612,391 $

42,081
22,758
169,153
601,084

(1) U.S. GSE commercial collateralized mortgage obligations represent securities with multi-family mortgage loans as collateral.

There were $14.1 million of proceeds on sales of available for sale securities with gross gains of approximately $0.1 million and gross 
losses  of  approximately $0.01 realized in 2011.  There  were $31.4 million of proceeds on  sales of available  for sale securities and 
gross gains of approximately $1.3 million realized, in 2010.  No securities were sold at a loss in 2010.  There were $13.1 million of 
proceeds on sales of available for sale securities and gross gains of approximately $0.5 million realized, in 2009. No securities were 
sold at a loss in 2009. 

Securities having a fair value of approximately $287.8 million and $277.9 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, were 
pledged to secure public deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank overnight borrowings. The Company did 
not hold any trading securities during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. 

There were  no investment  holdings of any one issuer that  exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2011, other than
U.S. Government and its Sponsored Entities.  As of December 31, 2010, there was one issuer where the Bank had invested holdings 
that exceeded 10% of stockholder’s equity and represented 14% of stockholder’s equity. The majority of these holdings matured in the 
first quarter of 2011. 

Page -44-

3. LOANS 

The following table sets forth the major classifications of loans: 

December 31,
(In thousands)
Commercial real estate mortgage loans 
Multi-family mortgage loans
Residential real estate mortgage loans 
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans 
Real estate construction and land loans
Installment/consumer loans 
Total loans 
Net deferred loan costs and fees 

Allowance for loan losses 
Net loans 

Lending Risk 

2011

2010

$

$

283,917
21,402
141,027
116,319
40,543
8,565
611,773
370
612,143
(10,837)
601,306

$

$

236,048
9,217
140,986
97,663
9,928
9,659
503,501
559
504,060
(8,497)
495,563

The  principal  business  of  the  Bank  is  lending,  primarily  in  commercial  real  estate  mortgage  loans,  multi-family  mortgage  loans, 
residential  real  estate  mortgage  loans,  construction  loans,  home  equity  loans,  commercial  and  industrial  loans,  land  loans  and 
consumer  loans.  The  Bank  considers  its  primary  lending  area  to  be  eastern  Long  Island  in  Suffolk  County,  New  York,  and  a 
substantial portion of the Bank’s loans are secured by real estate in this area. Accordingly, the ultimate collectibility of such a loan 
portfolio is susceptible to changes in market and economic conditions in this region. 

Allowance for Loan Losses 

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  established  and  maintained  through  a  provision  for  loan  losses  based  on  probable  incurred  losses 
inherent  in  the  Bank’s  loan  portfolio.  Management  evaluates  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  on  a  quarterly  basis.  The  allowance is 
comprised of both individual valuation allowances and loan pool valuation allowances.

The  Bank  monitors  its  entire  loan portfolio  on  a  regular  basis,  with  consideration  given  to  detailed  analysis  of  classified  loans, 
repayment patterns, probable incurred losses, past loss experience, current economic conditions, and various types of concentrations of 
credit. Additions to the allowance are charged to expense and realized losses, net of recoveries, are charged to the allowance.

Individual valuation allowances are established in connection with specific loan reviews and the asset classification process including 
the  procedures  for  impairment  testing  under  FASB  Accounting  Standard  Codification  (“ASC”)  No.  310,  “Receivables”.  Such 
valuation, which includes a review of loans for which full collectibility in accordance with contractual terms is not reasonably assured, 
considers the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less the costs to sell, if any, or the present value of expected future cash 
flows, or the loan’s observable market value. Any shortfall that exists from this analysis results in a specific allowance for the loan. 
Pursuant  to  our  policy,  loan  losses  must  be  charged-off  in  the  period  the  loans,  or  portions  thereof,  are  deemed  uncollectible. 
Assumptions and judgments by management, in conjunction with outside sources, are used to determine whether full collectibility of a 
loan  is  not  reasonably  assured.  These  assumptions  and  judgments  are  also  used  to  determine  the  estimates  of  the  fair  value  of the 
underlying collateral or the present value of expected future cash flows or the loan’s observable  market value. Individual valuation 
allowances could differ materially as a result of changes in these assumptions and judgments. Individual loan analyses are periodically 
performed on specific loans considered impaired. The results of the individual valuation allowances are aggregated and included in the 
overall allowance for loan losses.

Loan pool valuation allowances represent loss allowances that have been established to recognize the inherent risks associated with 
our lending activities, but which, unlike individual allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. Pool evaluations 
are broken down into loans with homogenous characteristics by loan type and include commercial real estate mortgages, multi-family 
mortgage  loans,  home  equity  loans,  residential  real  estate  mortgages,  commercial  and  industrial loans,  real  estate  construction  and 
land  loans  and  consumer  loans.    The  determination  of  the  adequacy  of  the  valuation  allowance  is  a  process  that  takes  into 
consideration  a  variety  of  factors.  The  Bank  has  developed  a  range  of  valuation  allowances  necessary  to  adequately  provide  for 
probable incurred losses inherent in each pool of loans. We consider our own charge-off history along with the growth in the portfolio 
as well as the Bank’s credit administration and asset management philosophies and procedures when determining the allowances for 
each  pool.  In  addition,  we  evaluate  and  consider  the  credit’s  risk  rating  which  includes  management’s  evaluation  of:  cash  flow, 
collateral, guarantor support, financial disclosures, industry trends and strength of borrowers’ management, the impact that economic 
and  market  conditions  may  have  on  the  portfolio  as  well  as  known  and  inherent  risks  in  the  portfolio.  Finally,  we  evaluate  and
consider  the  allowance  ratios  and  coverage  percentages  of  both  peer  group  and  regulatory  agency  data.  These  evaluations  are 

Page -45-

inherently  subjective  because,  even  though  they  are  based  on  objective  data,  it  is  management’s  interpretation  of  that  data  that 
determines the amount of the appropriate allowance. If the evaluations prove to be incorrect, the allowance for loan losses may not be 
sufficient to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance for loan losses.

The Credit Risk Committee is comprised of members of both management and the Board of Directors. The adequacy of the allowance 
is analyzed quarterly, with any adjustment to a level deemed appropriate by the Credit Risk Committee, based on its risk assessment 
of the entire portfolio. Based on the Credit Risk Committee’s review of the classified loans and the overall allowance levels as they 
relate to the entire loan portfolio at December 31, 2011, management believes the allowance for loan losses has been established at 
levels sufficient to cover the probable incurred losses in the Bank’s loan portfolio. Future additions or reductions to the allowance may 
be necessary based on changes in economic, market or other conditions. Changes in estimates could result in a material change in the 
allowance. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review the allowance 
for  loan  losses.  Such  agencies  may  require  the  Bank  to  recognize  adjustments  to  the  allowance  based  on  their  judgments  of  the
information available to them at the time of their examination.

The following table sets forth changes in the allowance for loan losses: 

December 31,
(In thousands)
Allowance for loan losses balance at beginning of period 
Charge-offs 
Recoveries 
Net charge-offs
Provision for loan losses charged to operations 
Balance at end of period 

2011

2010

2009

$

$

8,497
(1,681)
121
(1,560)
3,900
10,837

$

$

6,045
(1,120)
72
(1,048)
3,500
8,497

$

$

3,953
(2,093)
35
(2,058)
4,150
6,045

The following table represents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment, 
as defined under ASC 310-10, and based on impairment method as of December 31, 2011. The loan segment represents the categories 
that the Bank develops to determine its allowance for loan losses.  

December 31, 2011
(In thousands)
Originated loans
Allowance for loan losses 
Beginning balance

Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment

Ending balance: collectively 
evaluated for impairment

Loans

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment

Ending balance: collectively 
evaluated for impairment

Ending balance: loans 

acquired with deteriorated 
credit quality

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Commercial 
Real Estate 
Mortgage 
Loans

Multi-family  
Loans

Residential Real 
Estate Mortgage 
Loans

Commercial, 
Financial and 
Agricultural 
Loans

Installment/ 
Consumer Loans

Real Estate 
Construction 
and Land Loans

Total

3,310 $
—
—
220
3,530 $

133 $
—
—
262
395 $

1,642
(259)
6
891
2,280

$

$

2,804 $
(372)
96
367
2,895 $

423
(186)
19
16
272

$

$

185
(864)
—
2,144
1,465

$

$

8,497
(1,681)
121
3,900
10,837

— $

— $

105

$

162 $

— $

— $

267

3,530 $

395 $

2,175

267,378 $

21,402 $

131,155

$

$

2,733 $

272

111,673 $

7,971

$

$

1,465

40,279

$

$

10,570

579,858

5,079 $

— $

2,942

$

752 $

— $

250

$

9,023

262,299 $

21,402 $

128,213

$

110,921 $

7,971

$

40,029

$

570,835

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

—

Page -46-

December 31, 2011
(In thousands)
Acquired loans
Allowance for Loan Losses
Beginning balance

Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision
Ending balance

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment

Ending balance: collectively 
evaluated for impairment

Loans

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment

Ending balance: collectively 
evaluated for impairment

Ending balance: loans 

acquired with deteriorated 
credit quality

Total loans
Allowance for Loan Losses
Beginning balance

Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision
Ending balance

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment

Ending balance: collectively 
evaluated for impairment

Loans

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment

Ending balance: collectively 
evaluated for impairment

Ending balance: loans 

acquired with deteriorated 
credit quality

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Commercial 
Real Estate 
Mortgage 
Loans

Multi-family  
Loans

Residential Real 
Estate Mortgage 
Loans

Commercial, 
Financial and 
Agricultural 
Loans

Installment/ 
Consumer Loans

Real Estate 
Construction 
and Land Loans

Total

— $
—
—
—
— $

— $
—
—
—
— $

— $
—
—
—
— $

— $
—
—
—
— $

— $
—
—
—
— $

— $
—
—
—
— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

—
—
—
—
—

—

—

16,539 $

— $

9,872

$

4,646 $

594

$

264

$

31,915

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

—

15,903 $

— $

9,872

$

4,443 $

594

$

— $

30,812

636 $

— $

— $

203 $

— $

264

$

1,103

3,310 $
—
—
220
3,530 $

133 $
—
—
262
395 $

1,642
(259)
6
891
2,280

$

$

2,804 $
(372)
96
367
2,895 $

423
(186)
19
16
272

$

$

185
(864)
—
2,144
1,465

$

$

8,497
(1,681)
121
3,900
10,837

— $

— $

105

$

162 $

— $

— $

267

3,530 $

395 $

2,175

283,917 $

21,402 $

141,027

$

$

2,733 $

272

116,319 $

8,565

$

$

1,465

40,543

$

$

10,570

611,773

5,079 $

— $

2,942

$

752 $

— $

250

$

9,023

278,202 $

21,402 $

138,085

$

115,364 $

8,565

$

40,029

$

601,647

636 $

— $

— $

203 $

— $

264

$

1,103

Page -47-

December 31, 2010
(In thousands)
Allowance for loan losses 

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment

Ending balance: collectively 
evaluated for impairment

Loans

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment

Ending balance: collectively 
evaluated for impairment

Commercial 
Real Estate 
Mortgage Loans

Multi-family 
Loans

Residential Real 
Estate Mortgage 
Loans

Commercial, 
Financial and 
Agricultural 
Loans

Installment/ 
Consumer Loans

Real Estate 
Construction 
and Land Loans

Total

$

$

$

$

$

$

3,310 $

133 $

1,642

$

2,804 $

423

$

185

$

8,497

— $

— $

7

$

— $

— $

— $

7

3,310 $

133 $

1,635

236,048 $

9,217 $

140,986

$

$

2,804 $

423

97,663 $

9,659

$

$

185

9,928

$

$

8,490

503,501

3,414 $

— $

3,434

$

82 $

— $

2,936

$

9,866

232,634 $

9,217 $

137,552

$

97,581 $

9,659

$

6,992

$

493,635

Credit Quality Indicators

The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt 
including  repayment  patterns,  probable  incurred  losses,  past  loss  experience,  current  economic  conditions,  and  various  types  of 
concentrations of credit. Assigned risk rating grades are continuously updated as new information is obtained. Loans risk rated special 
mention,  substandard  and  doubtful are reviewed  on  a  quarterly  basis. The Company  uses  the  following  definitions for  risk  rating 
grades:

Pass: Loans classified as pass include current loans performing in accordance with contractual terms, pools of homogenous residential 
real estate and installment/consumer loans that are not individually risk rated and loans which exhibit certain risk factors that require 
greater than usual monitoring by management.

Special  mention:  Loans  classified  as  special  mention, while  generally  not  delinquent,  have potential  weaknesses  that  deserve 
management's close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for 
the loan or in the Bank's credit position at some future date. 

Substandard: Loans classified as substandard have a well defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. 
There is a distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful: Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in a substandard loan, and may also be at delinquency status 
and have defined weaknesses based on currently existing facts, conditions and values making collection or liquidation in full highly 
questionable and improbable.

Page -48-

The following table represents loans by class categorized by internally assigned risk grades:

December 31, 2011

(In thousands)
Originated loans
Commercial real estate:

Owner occupied

Non-owner occupied

Multi-family loans

Residential real estate:

First lien

Home equity

Commercial:

Secured

Unsecured

Real estate construction and land loans

Installment/consumer loans
Total loans

Acquired loans
Commercial real estate:

Owner occupied

Non-owner occupied

Multi-family loans

Residential real estate:

First lien

Home equity

Commercial:

Secured

Unsecured

Real estate construction and land loans

Installment/consumer loans
Total loans

Total loans
Commercial real estate:

Owner occupied

Non-owner occupied

Multi-family loans

Residential real estate:

First lien

Home equity

Commercial:

Secured

Unsecured

Real estate construction and land loans

Installment/consumer loans
Total loans

Pass

Special Mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Total

Grades:

$

107,659

$

14,752

$

9,433

$

— $

123,602

21,402

64,725

61,075

50,671

51,253

35,979

7,689

8,950

—

—

584

4,135

1,435

—

264

2,982

—

1,351

1,972

3,090

1,080

4,050

18

—

—

1,223

225

—

9

250

—

131,844

135,534

21,402

67,299

63,856

57,896

53,777

40,279

7,971

$

524,055

$

30,120

$

23,976

$

1,707

$

579,858

$

13,003

$

2,414

—

—

9,872

2,015

2,168

—

594

223

493

—

—

—

123

178

—

—

$

406

$

— $

—

—

—

—

118

44

264

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

13,632

2,907

—

—

9,872

2,256

2,390

264

594

$

30,066

$

1,017

$

832

$

— $

31,915

$

120,662

$

14,975

$

9,839

$

— $

126,016

21,402

64,725

70,947

52,686

53,421

35,979

8,283

9,443

—

—

584

4,258

1,613

—

264

2,982

—

1,351

1,972

3,208

1,124

4,314

18

—

—

1,223

225

—

9

250

—

145,476

138,441

21,402

67,299

73,728

60,152

56,167

40,543

8,565

$

554,121

$

31,137

$

24,808

$

1,707

$

611,773

Page -49-

December 31, 2010

(In thousands)
Commercial real estate:

Owner occupied

Non-owner occupied

Multi-family loans

Residential real estate:

First lien

Home equity

Commercial:

Secured

Unsecured

Real estate construction and land loans

Installment/consumer loans
Total loans

Pass

Special Mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Total

Grades:

$

110,395

$

97,878

9,217

71,686

64,708

49,146

41,058

6,020

9,484

4,892

$

7,652

—

—

—

1,949

1,072

223

175

4,298

$

— $

10,683

—

1,194

1,834

3,212

1,226

3,685

—

250

—

1,269

295

—

—

—

—

119,585

116,463

9,217

74,149

66,837

54,307

43,356

9,928

9,659

$

459,592

$

15,963

$

26,132

$

1,814

$

503,501

Page -50-

Past Due and Nonaccrual Loans

The following  table represents the aging of  the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 
2010 by class of loans, as defined by ASC 310-10:

30-59 Days 
Past Due

60-89 Days 
Past Due

>90 Days
Past Due
And
Accruing

Nonaccrual 
Including 90 
Days or More 
Past Due

Total Past 
Due and 
Nonaccrual

Current

Total Loans

December 31, 2011

(In thousands)
Originated loans
Commercial real estate:

Owner occupied

Non-owner occupied

Multi-family loans

Residential real estate:

First lien

Home equity

Commercial:

Secured

Unsecured

Real estate construction and land loans

Installment/consumer loans
Total loans

Acquired loans
Commercial real estate:

Owner occupied

Non-owner occupied

Multi-family loans

Residential real estate:

First lien

Home equity

Commercial:

Secured

Unsecured

Real estate construction and land loans

Installment/consumer loans
Total loans

Total loans
Commercial real estate:

Owner occupied

Non-owner occupied

Multi-family loans

Residential real estate:

First lien

Home equity

Commercial:

Secured

Unsecured

Real estate construction and land loans

Installment/consumer loans
Total loans

— $
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
— $

449 $

2,215 $

129,629 $

—

—

1,561

1,382

479

40

250

—

—

—

135,534

21,402

1,561

2,085

479

93

250

1

65,738

61,771

57,417

53,684

40,029

7,970

131,844

135,534

21,402

67,299

63,856

57,896

53,777

40,279

7,971

4,161 $

6,684 $

573,174 $

579,858

406
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

5

$

— $

406 $

13,226 $

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

5

2,907

—

—

13,632

2,907

—

—

9,872

9,872

2,256

2,390

264

589

2,256

2,390

264

594

$

485 $

1,281 $

—

—

—

448

—

—

—

1

—

—

—

255

—

53

—

—

934 $

1,589 $

— $

— $

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

$

$

$

$

— $

— $

411

$

— $

411 $

31,504 $

31,915

485 $

1,281 $

—

—

—

448

—

—

—

1

—

—

—

255

—

53

—

—

406
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

5

$

449 $

2,621 $

142,855 $

—

—

1,561

1,382

479

40

250

—

—

—

138,441

21,402

1,561

2,085

479

93

250

6

65,738

71,643

59,673

56,074

40,293

8,559

145,476

138,441

21,402

67,299

73,728

60,152

56,167

40,543

8,565

$

934

$

1,589 $

411

$

4,161 $

7,095 $

604,678 $

611,773

Page -51-

December 31, 2010

(In thousands)
Commercial real estate:

Owner occupied

Non-owner occupied

Multi-family loans

Residential real estate:

First lien

Home equity

Commercial:

Secured

Unsecured

Real estate construction and land loans

Installment/consumer loans
Total loans

30-59 Days 
Past Due

60-89 Days 
Past Due

Nonaccrual 
Including 90 
Days or More 
Past Due

Total Past Due
and 
Nonaccrual

Current

Total Loans

$

— $

511

$

— $

—

—

151

782

10

105

—

10

—

—

165

298

—

—

—

5

478

—

1,747

1,696

—

32

2,686

86

511

478

—

2,063

2,776

10

137

2,686

101

$

119,074

$

115,985

9,217

72,086

64,061

54,297

43,219

7,242

9,558

119,585

116,463

9,217

74,149

66,837

54,307

43,356

9,928

9,659

$

1,058

$

979

$

6,725

$

8,762

$

494,739

$

503,501

All loans 90 days or more past due that are still accruing interest represent loans that were acquired from Hamptons State Bank on 
May  27,  2011  and were  recorded  at  fair  value  upon  acquisition.  These  loans  are  considered  to  be  accruing  as  management  can 
reasonably estimate future cash flows on these acquired loans and expect to fully collect the carrying value of these loans. Therefore, 
the difference between the carrying value of these loans and their expected cash flows is being accreted into income. There were no 
loans 90 days or more past due that were still accruing interest at December 31, 2010.

Impaired Loans

As  of  December  31,  2011  and  December 31,  2010,  the  Company  had  impaired  loans  as  defined  by  FASB  ASC  No. 310, 
“Receivables”  of  $9.0 million  and  $9.9 million,  respectively.  For  a  loan  to  be  considered  impaired,  management  determines  after 
review whether it is probable that the Bank will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan 
agreement. Management applies its  normal loan review procedures in  making these judgments. Impaired loans include individually 
classified nonaccrual loans and troubled debt restructured (“TDR”) loans. For impaired loans, the Bank evaluates the impairment of 
the loan in accordance with FASB ASC 310-10-35-22.  Impairment is determined based on the present value of expected future cash 
flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. For loans that are collateral dependent, the fair value of the collateral is used to 
determine the fair value of the loan. The fair value of the collateral is determined based upon recent appraised values. The fair value of 
the collateral or present value of expected cash flows is compared to the carrying value to determine if any write-down or specific loan 
loss allowance allocation is required. These methods of fair value measurement for impaired loans are considered level 3 within the 
fair value hierarchy described in FASB ASC 820-10-50-5. 

Page -52-

The following table sets forth impaired loans by loan type:

December 31,
(In thousands)
Nonaccrual Loans:
Commercial real estate mortgage loans
Multi-family loans
Residential real estate mortgage loans
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
Real estate construction and land loans
Installment/consumer loans

Total

Restructured Loans - Nonaccrual:
Commercial real estate mortgage loans
Multi-family loans
Residential real estate mortgage loans
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
Real estate construction and land loans
Installment/consumer loans

Total

Restructured Loans - Performing:
Commercial real estate mortgage loans
Multi-family loans
Residential real estate mortgage loans
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
Real estate construction and land loans
Installment/consumer loans

Total

Total Impaired Loans

2011

2010

$

449 $
—
1,156
260
250
—
2,115

—
—
1,786
218
—
—
2,004

4,630
—
—
274
—
—
4,904

228
—
1,397
—
250
82
1,957

—
—
2,037
—
2,686
—
4,723

3,186
—
—
—
—
—
3,186

$

9,023 $

9,866

The Bank had no foreclosed real estate at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Page -53-

The following table represents impaired loans by class at December 31, 2011:

Recorded 
Investment

Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance

Related 
Allocated 
Allowance

Average 
Recorded 
Investment

Interest 
Income 
Recognized

$

4,163 $

4,206 $

— $

4,208 $

December 31, 2011

(In thousands)
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate:

Owner occupied

Non-owner occupied

Multi-family loans

Residential real estate:

First lien

Home equity

Commercial:

Secured

Unsecured

Real estate construction and land loans

Installment/consumer loans

916

—

338

688

533

—

250

—

916

—

344

860

533

—

371

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

76
29
162

267

—
—
—

76
29

162
—
—
—

267

929

—

346

778

535

—

250

—

7,046

1,241
694
235

2,170

4,208
929
—

1,587
1,472

770
—
250
—

415

15

—

—

—

7

—

—

—

437

—
—
—

—

415
15
—

—
—

7
—
—
—

$

9,216 $

437

Total with no related allowance recorded

6,888

7,230

With an allowance recorded:
Residential real estate – First lien
Residential real estate – Home equity
Commercial – Secured 

Total with an allowance recorded

Total:
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied

Multi-family loans
Residential real estate:

First lien
Home equity

Commercial:
Secured
Unsecured

Real estate construction and land loans
Installment/consumer loans

Total 

1,223
693
219

2,135

4,163
916
—

1,561
1,381

752
—
250
—

1,329
700
229

2,258

4,206
916
—

1,673
1,560

762
—
371
—

$

9,023 $

9,488 $

Page -54-

December 31, 2010

(In thousands)
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate:

Owner occupied

Non-owner occupied

Multi-family loans

Residential real estate:

First lien

Home equity

Commercial:

Secured

Unsecured

Real estate construction and land loans

Installment/consumer loans

Total with no related allowance recorded

With an allowance recorded:
Residential real estate - Home equity

Total with an allowance recorded

Total:
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied

Multi-family loans
Residential real estate:

First lien
Home equity

Commercial:
Secured
Unsecured

Real estate construction and land loans
Installment/consumer loans

Total 

Recorded 
Investment

Unpaid Principal 
Balance

Related 
Allocated 
Allowance

$

3,186 $

3,186 $

228

—

1,742

992

—

—

2,936

82

9,166

700

700

3,186
228
—

1,742
1,692

—
—
2,936
82

228

—

1,829

988

—

—

3,171

82

9,484

700

700

3,186
228
—

1,829
1,688

—
—
3,171
82

$

9,866 $

10,184 $

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

7

7

—
—
—

—
7

—
—
—
—

7

Individually impaired loans were as follows:

December 31,
(In thousands)
Average of individually impaired loans during the year
Interest income recognized during impairment
Cash basis interest income recognized

Troubled Debt Restructurings

2010

2009

$

$

10,124
122
—

7,406
135
—

The terms of certain loans were modified and are considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDR”). The modification of the terms of 
such  loans  included  one  or  a  combination  of  the  following:  a  reduction  of  the  stated  interest  rate  of  the  loan;  an  extension  of  the 
maturity date at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk; or a permanent reduction of 
the recorded investment in the loan. The modification of these loans involved a loan to borrowers  who were experiencing financial 
difficulties.

In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed to determine if that borrower 
is  currently  in  payment  default  under  any  of  its  obligations  or  whether  there  is  a  probability  that  the  borrower  will  be  in  payment 
default  on  any  of  its  debt  in  the  foreseeable  future  without  the  modification.  This  evaluation  is  performed  under  the  Company’s 
internal underwriting policy.

Page -55-

The terms of certain other loans were modified during the year ending December 31, 2011 that did not meet the definition of a TDR.
These loans have a total recorded investment as of December 31, 2011 of $15.0 million. The modification of these loans involved a
modification of the terms of loans to borrowers who were not experiencing financial difficulties.

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the year ended December 31, 
2011:

(In thousands)
Troubled Debt Restructurings
Originated loans
Commercial real estate:

Owner occupied

Non-owner occupied

Multi-Family

Residential real estate:

First lien 

Home equity

Commercial:

Secured

Unsecured

Real estate construction and land loans

Installment/consumer loans

Total loans

Number of 
Contracts

Pre-Modification 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment

Post-Modification 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment

              2

$

              1

—

—

              1 

              2 

              1 

—

—

$

538

916

—

—

347

273

241

—

—

538

916

—

—

338

273

219

—

—

              7  $

2,315

$

2,284

The TDRs described above increased the allowance for loan losses by $0.2 million and resulted in charge offs of $0.9 million during 
the year ended December 31, 2011.

There  were two loans modified  as  TDRs  for  which  there  was  a  payment  default  within  twelve  months  following  the  modification.  
These loans have since made the required payments and are current with the terms of the agreements. A loan is considered to be in 
payment default once it is 30 days contractually past due under the modified terms. 

As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had $2.0 million and $4.7 million, respectively of nonaccrual TDR 
loans. As of December 31, 2011 two of the borrowers with loans totaling $0.5 million are complying with the modified terms of the 
loans  and  are  currently  making  payments.  Another  borrower  with  loans  totaling  $1.5  million  is  past  due but  currently  making 
payments. The decrease in nonaccrual TDR loans at December 31, 2011 was due to $2.3 million in nonaccrual TDR loans that were 
reported as held for sale at December 31, 2011. These loans were subsequently sold in January 2012 with no additional gain or loss 
recognized. Total nonaccrual TDR loans are secured with collateral that has an appraised value of $4.2 million. Furthermore, the Bank 
has no commitment to lend additional funds to these debtors. 

In addition, the Company has four borrowers with performing TDR loans of $4.9 million at December 31, 2011 that are current and 
secured  with collateral that  has an appraised value of approximately $11.5  million.   At  December 31, 2010, the Company  had one
borrower with TDR loans of $3.2 million that was current and secured with collateral that had an appraised value of approximately 
$5.4 million as well as personal guarantees. Management believes that the ultimate collection of principal and interest is reasonably 
assured and therefore continues to recognize interest income on an accrual basis. Two of the loans were restructured during the third 
quarter  of  2011  and  one  of  the  loans  in  the  second  quarter  of  2011  and  since  that  time the  interest  income  recognized  has  been 
immaterial. The fourth loan was restructured during the third quarter of 2008 and since that time $0.4 million of interest income has 
been recognized. In addition, the Bank has no commitment to lend additional funds to these debtors.

Page -56-

Loans Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality

In connection with the Hamptons State Bank merger, the Company acquired loans with deteriorated credit quality. Acquired loans for 
which it was probable at acquisition that all contractually required payments would not be collected are as follows:

(In thousands)
Contractually required payments receivable of loans purchased during the year:

Commercial real estate mortgage loans
Multi-family loans
Residential real estate mortgage loans
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans
Real estate construction and land loans
Installment/consumer loans

Cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition
Fair value of acquired loans at acquisition

Accretable yield, or income expected to be collected, is as follows:

(In thousands)
Balance at January 1, 2011

Hamptons State Bank Acquisition
Accretion of income
Reclassifications from nonaccretable yield
Disposals

Balance at December 31, 2011

2011

1,169
            —
              —
773
340
7
2,289

1,770
1,052

—
(718)
86
—
—
(632)

$

$

$

$

$

Income is not recognized on certain acquired loans if the Company cannot reasonably estimate cash flows expected to be collected.

Related Party Loans

Certain  directors,  executive  officers,  and  their  related  parties,  including  their  immediate  families  and  companies  in  which  they  are 
principal owners, were loan customers of the Bank during 2011 and 2010.

The following table sets forth selected information about related party loans at December 31, 2011:

(In thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2010
New loans 
Effective change in related parties 
Advances 
Repayments 
Balance at December 31, 2011

Balance
Outstanding

$

$

1,074
—
—
4
(28)
1,050

Page -57-

4. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment consist of:

December 31,
(In thousands)
Land
Building and improvements 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment 
Leasehold improvements 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization 

5. DEPOSITS

Time Deposits

2011

2010

$

$

$

7,174
13,720
12,445
6,120
39,459

(15,288)
24,171

$

$

$

6,583
13,673
11,340
5,551
37,147

(13,464)
23,683

The following table sets forth the remaining maturities of the Bank’s time deposits at December 31, 2011:

(In thousands)
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
Total 

Less than
$100,000

$100,000 or
Greater

Total

$

$

30,751 $
9,006
657
1,120
714
42,248 $

76,934 $
57,474
1,086
3,339
1,745
140,578 $

107,685
66,480
1,743
4,459
2,459
182,826

Deposits from principal officers, directors and their affiliates at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were approximately $4.7 million and 
$8.3 million, respectively. Public fund deposits at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $232.0 million and $194.9 million, respectively.

6. SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE

At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, securities sold under agreements to repurchase totaled $16.9 million, $16.4 million and $15.0 
million, respectively, and were secured by U.S. GSE, residential  mortgage-backed securities and residential collateralized mortgage 
obligations with a carrying amount of $23.3 million, $22.3 million and $22.2 million, respectively.  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are financing arrangements with $1.9 million maturing during the first quarter of 2012,
$5.0 million maturing during the first quarter of 2013 and $10.0 million maturing during the first quarter of 2015.  At maturity, the 
securities  underlying  the  agreements  are  returned  to  the  Company.  Information  concerning  the  securities  sold  under  agreements  to 
repurchase is summarized as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Average daily balance during the year 
Average interest rate during the year 
Maximum month-end balance during the year 
Weighted average interest rate at year-end 

7. JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

2011

2010

2009

$

$

16,715

3.23%

17,469

3.18%

$

$

16,648

3.10%

17,192

3.21%

$

$

15,000

2.35%

15,000

2.35%

In  December  2009,  the  Company  completed  the  private  placement  of  $16.0  million in  aggregate  liquidation  amount  of  8.50% 
cumulative convertible trust preferred securities (the "TPS”), through its subsidiary, Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II. The TPS have a 
liquidation  amount  of  $1,000 per  security  and are  convertible  into  our  common stock,  at  an  effective  conversion  price  of  $31  per 
share.  The TPS mature in 30 years but are callable by the Company at par any time after September 30, 2014.

The Company issued $16.0 million of junior subordinated debentures (the “Debentures”) to the trust in exchange for ownership of all 
of  the  common  security  of  the  trust  and  the  proceeds  of  the  preferred  securities  sold  by  the  trust.  In  accordance  with  current 

Page -58-

accounting  guidance, the trust is  not consolidated in the  Company’s  financial statements, but rather the Debentures are shown as a 
liability. The Debentures bear interest at a fixed rate equal to 8.50% and mature on December 31, 2039. Consistent with regulatory 
requirements, the interest payments may be deferred for up to 5 years, and are cumulative. The Debentures have the same prepayment 
provisions as the TPS. 

The  Debentures  may  be  included  in  Tier  I  capital  (with  certain  limitations  applicable)  under  current  regulatory  guidelines  and
interpretations.

8. INCOME TAXES

The components of income tax expense are as follows:

Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands)
Current:

Federal 
State 

Deferred:

Federal 
State 

Income tax expense

2011

2010

2009

$

$

3,700
603
4,303

469
(109)
360
4,663

$

$

3,340
530
3,870

347
(170)
177
4,047

$

$

4,467
530
4,997

(788)
(160)
(948)
4,049

The reconciliation of the expected Federal income tax expense at the statutory tax rate to the actual provision follows:

Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)

2011

Percentage
of Pre-tax
Earnings

Amount

2010

2009

Percentage
of Pre-tax
Earnings

Percentage
of Pre-tax
Earnings

Amount

Amount

Federal income tax expense computed by 

applying the statutory rate to income before 
income taxes 
Tax exempt interest 
State taxes, net of federal income tax benefit 
Other 
Income tax expense 

$

$

5,134
(896)
341
84
4,663

34% $
(6)
2
1
31% $

4,492
(817)
262
110
4,047

34% $
(6)
2
1
31% $

4,362
(682)
302
67
4,049

34%
(6)
3
1
32%

Page -59-

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following:

December 31,
(In thousands)
Deferred tax assets:

Allowance for loan losses 
Restricted stock awards
Purchase accounting fair value adjustments
Net operating loss carryforward
Other

Total 

Deferred tax liabilities:

Pension and SERP expense 
Depreciation
REIT undistributed net income
Net deferred loan costs and fees
Other 

Total 

Total before other comprehensive income 

Deferred tax liabilities:

Net unrealized gains on securities 

Deferred tax assets:

Net change in pension liability 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

2011

2010

$

$

4,592
710
1,168
617
456
7,543

(2,124)
(1,411)
(627)
(440)
(304)
(4,906)

2,637

3,613
611
—
—
206
4,430

(1,470)
(830)
(648)
(481)
(127)
(3,556)

874

(3,774)

(2,336)

2,205
1,068

$

1,202
(260)

$

The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  are  subject  to  U.S.  federal  income  tax  as  well  as  income  tax  of  the  State  of  New  York.  The 
Company  is  no  longer  subject  to  examination  by  taxing  authorities  for  years  before  2008.  The  Company  does  not  expect  the  total 
amount of unrecognized income tax benefits to significantly increase in the next twelve months.

9. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

a) Pension Plan and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

The Bank  maintains a  noncontributory pension plan covering all eligible employees. The Bank  uses a December 31st measurement 
date for this plan in accordance with FASB ASC 715-30 “Compensation – Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans – Pension”. In
September 2011, the Bank transferred all of the Plan assets out of the New York State Bankers Association Retirement System to the 
new Trustee, Bank of America, N.A.

During  2001,  the  Bank  adopted  the  Bridgehampton  National  Bank  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  (“SERP”).  The  SERP 
provides benefits to certain employees, as recommended by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and approved by
the full Board of Directors, whose benefits  under the pension plan are limited by the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue 
Code. The benefit under the SERP is equal to the additional amount the employee would be entitled to under the Pension Plan and the 
401(k) Plan in the absence of such Internal Revenue Code limitations. The assets of the SERP are held in a rabbi trust to maintain the 
tax-deferred status of the plan and are subject to the general, unsecured creditors of the Company. As a result, the assets of the trust 
are reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheets of the Company.

Page -60-

Information about changes in obligations and plan assets of the defined benefit pension plan and the defined benefit plan component 
of the SERP are as follows:

At December 31,
(In thousands)
Change in benefit obligation:

Benefit obligation at beginning of year 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Benefits paid and expected expenses 
Assumption changes and other 
Benefit obligation at end of year 

Change in plan assets, at fair value:
Plan assets at beginning of year 
Actual return on plan assets 
Employer contribution 
Benefits paid and actual expenses 

Plan assets at end of year 

Funded status (plan assets less benefit obligations)

Pension Benefits

2011

2010

SERP Benefits

2011

2010

$

$

$

$

$

8,761
919
483
(234)
1,655
11,584

11,023
20
2,727
(367)
13,403

1,819

$

$

$

$

$

7,467
769
434
(275)
366
8,761

9,183
799
1,322
(281)
11,023

2,262

$

$

$

$

$

1,542
109
57
(112)
135
1,731

$

$

— $
—
112
(112)

— $

1,491
96
62
(84)
(23)
1,542

—
—
84
(84)
—

(1,731)

$

(1,542)

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, consist of:

At December 31,
(In thousands)
Net actuarial loss
Prior service cost 
Transition obligation 
Net amount recognized 

Pension Benefits

2011

2010

SERP Benefits

2011

2010

$

$

5,060
81
—
5,141

$

$

2,609
90
—
2,699

$

$

200
—
170
370

$

$

65
—
197
262

The  accumulated  benefit  obligation  was  $9.4  million  and  $1.5 million  for  the  pension  plan  and  the  SERP,  respectively,  as  of 
December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2010, the accumulated benefit obligation was $6.9 million and $1.3 million for the pension 
plan and the SERP, respectively.

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other Amounts Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

At December 31,
(In thousands)
Components of net periodic benefit cost and other 

amounts recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

Service cost 
Interest cost 
Expected return on plan assets 
Amortization of net loss 
Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost 
Amortization of unrecognized transition (asset) obligation 
Net periodic benefit cost 

$

$

Net loss (gain) 
Prior service cost 
Transition obligation 
Amortization of net gain 
Amortization of prior service cost 
Amortization of transition obligation 

Deferred taxes 
Total recognized in other comprehensive income 
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other 

Pension Benefits

SERP Benefits

2011

2010

2009

2011

2010

2009

$

$

$

919
483
(761)
102
9
—
752

2,529
—
—
(102)
(9)
—
2,418
(960)
1,458

$

$

769
434
(681)
104
9
—
635

254
—
—
(104)
(9)
—
141
(56)
85

481
318
(516)
88
9
—
380

616
—
—
(88)
(9)
—
519
(206)
313

$

$

$

$

$

$

109
57
—
—
—
28
194

136
—
—
—
—
(28)
108
(43)
65

96
62
—
—
—
28
186

$

$

(22) $
—
—
—
—
(28)
(50)
20
(30)

comprehensive income 

$

2,210

$

720

$

693

$

259

$

156

$

162
59
—
13
—
28
262

(211)
—
—
(13)
—
(28)
(252)
100
(152)

110

Page -61-

The estimated net loss, transition obligation and prior service costs for the defined benefit pension plan that will be amortized from 
accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  into  net  periodic  benefit  cost  over  the  next  fiscal  year  are  $248,000,  $0  and  $10,000, 
respectively. The estimated net loss and unrecognized net transition obligation for the SERP that will be amortized from accumulated 
other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $2,000 and $28,000, respectively.

Expected Long-Term Rate-of-Return

The  expected  long-term  rate-of-return  on  plan  assets  reflects  long-term  earnings  expectations  on  existing  plan  assets  and  those 
contributions  expected  to  be  received  during  the  current  plan  year.  In  estimating  that  rate,  appropriate  consideration  was  given  to 
historical returns earned by plan assets in the fund and the rates of return expected to be available for reinvestment. Average rates of 
return  over  the  past  1,  3,  5  and  10-year  periods  were determined  and  subsequently  adjusted  to  reflect  current  capital  market 
assumptions and changes in investment allocations.

At December 31,
Weighted Average Assumptions Used to 

Determine Benefit Obligations

Discount rate 
Rate of compensation increase 
Weighted Average Assumptions Used to 
Determine Net Periodic Benefit Cost

Discount rate 
Rate of compensation increase 
Expected long-term rate of return 

Plan Assets

Pension Benefits
2010

2011

2009

2011

SERP Benefits
2010

2009

4.53%
3.00

5.58%
3.50

5.58%
3.50
7.00

5.89%
4.00
7.50

5.89%
4.00

6.00%
4.00
7.50

3.13%
5.00

3.87%
5.00
—

3.87%
5.00

4.31%
5.00
—

4.31%
5.00

4.00%
5.00
—

The Plan seeks to provide retirement benefits to the employees of the Bank who are entitled to receive benefits under the Plan.  The 
Plan Assets are overseen by a Committee comprised of management, who meet quarterly, and set the investment policy guidelines.

The  Plan’s  overall  investment  strategy  is  to  achieve  a  mix  of  approximately  97%  of  investments  for  long-term  growth  and  3%  for 
near-term benefit payments with a wide diversification of asset types, fund strategies, and fund managers. 

Cash equivalents consist primarily of short term investment funds. 

Equity securities primarily include investments in common stock, mutual funds, depository receipts and exchange traded funds.

Fixed income securities include corporate bonds, government issues, mortgage backed securities, high yield securities and mutual 
funds.

The weighted average expected long term rate-of-return is estimated based on current trends in Plan assets as well as projected future 
rates of return on those assets and reasonable actuarial assumptions based on the guidance provided by ASOP No. 27 for the real and 
nominal rate of investment return for a specific mix of asset classes. The following assumptions were used in determining the long-
term rate-of-return:

The long term rate of return considers historical returns for the S&P 500 index and long term U.S. government bonds from 1926 to 
2009 representing cumulative returns of 9.4% and 5.6%, respectively. These returns were considered along with the target allocations 
of asset categories. 

Page -62-

Effective  August  30,  2011,  the  Plan  revised  its  investment  guidelines.  Except  for  pooled  vehicles  and  mutual  funds,  which  are 
governed by the prospectus and unless expressly authorized by management, the Plan and its investment managers are prohibited from
purchasing the following investments:

(cid:120)

(cid:120)

(cid:120)

(cid:120)

(cid:120)

(cid:120)

Purchases of letter stock, private placements, or direct payments

Purchases of securities not readily marketable

Pledging or hypothecating securities, except for loans of securities that are fully collateralized

Purchasing or selling derivative securities for speculation or leverage

Investments by the investment managers in their own securities, their affiliates or subsidiaries.(excluding 
money market funds)

Purchases of Bridge Bancorp stock

The target allocations for Plan assets are shown in the table below:

Target
Allocation
2012

Percentage of Plan Assets
at December 31, 

2011

2010

Asset Category
Cash equivalents
Equity securities
Fixed income securities

0 - 5% 
45 - 65%
35 - 55%

21.6%
43.1%
35.3%

11.2%
48.2%
40.6%

Total

100.0%

100.0%

Weighted-
Average
Expected
Long-term
Rate of 
Return

—
4.7%
2.8%

7.5%

Fair value is defined under ASC 820 as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit 
price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on 
the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value under ASC 820 must maximize the use of observable inputs 
and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The standard describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which 
the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value which are the following:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the 
measurement date.

Level  2:  Significant  other  observable  inputs  other  than  Level  1  prices  such  as  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  or  liabilities;  quoted 
prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level  3:  Significant  unobservable  inputs  that  reflect  a  reporting  entity’s  own  assumptions  about  the  assumptions  that  market 
participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

In  instances  in  which  the  inputs  used  to  measure  fair  value  fall  into  different  levels  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy,  the  fair  value 
measurement  has  been  determined  based  on  the  lowest  level  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value  measurement  in  its  entirety. 
Investments  valued  using  the  Net  Asset  Value  (“NAV”)  are  classified  as  level  2  if  the  System  can  redeem  its  investment  with  the 
investee  at  the  NAV  at  the  measurement  date.  If  the  System  can  never  redeem  the  investment  with  the  investee  at  the  NAV,  it  is
considered a level 3. If the System can redeem the investment at the NAV at a future date, the System's assessment of the significance 
of a particular item to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, including the consideration of inputs specific to the 
asset.

Page -63-

In accordance with FASB ASC 715-20, the following table represents the Plan’s fair value hierarchy for its financial assets measured 
at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

Fair Value Measurements at

December 31, 2011 Using:

Quoted Prices In

Significant

Other 

Significant

Active Markets for

Observable 

Unobservable

Carrying

Value

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

Inputs

(Level 2)

Inputs

(Level 3)

$         2,563

$                                 2,563 

              336 

           2,899 

           3,388

              326 

              326 

           1,739 

           5,779 

           1,589 

           1,078 

           2,058 

—

—

$                 336 

                           2,563 

                 336 

                           3,388

                              326 

                              326 

                           1,739 

                           5,779 

              1,589 

              1,078 

              2,058 

—

              4,725 

(Dollars in thousands)

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

Cash

Short term investment funds

Total cash equivalents

Equities:

U.S. Large cap

U.S. Mid cap

U.S. Small cap

International

Total equities

Fixed income securities:

Government issues

Corporate bonds

High yield bonds and bond funds

Other fixed income securities

Total fixed income securities

           4,725 

Total Plan Assets

$    13,403

$                                 8,342 

$               5,061 

(Dollars in thousands)

Cash Equivalents:

Short term investment funds

Foreign currencies

Total cash equivalents

Equities:

U.S. Large cap

U.S. Mid cap

U.S. Small cap

International

Total equities

Fixed income securities:

Corporate bonds

Government issues

Collateralized mortgage obligations

Other fixed income securities

Carrying

Value

$       1,220 

                24 

           1,244 

           3,088 

              315 

                23 

           1,916 

           5,342 

           1,028 

           3,168 

              241 

—

Total fixed income securities

           4,437 

Fair Value Measurements at

December 31, 2010 Using:

Quoted Prices In

Active Markets for

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

Significant

Other 

Significant

Observable 

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 2)

Inputs

(Level 3)

$             1,220 

$                               24 

—

                                24 

              1,220 

                           3,088 

                              315 

                                23 

                           1,916 

                           5,342 

              1,028 

              3,168 

                 241 

—

              4,437 

Total Plan Assets

$       11,023 

$                          5,366 

$         

5,657 

Page -64-

The Company expects to contribute $1.2 million to the pension plan during 2012.

Estimated Future Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid as follows:

Year
(In thousands)
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
Following 5 years 

b) 401(k) Plan

Pension and SERP Payments

$

358
373
391
411
447
3,346

A  savings  plan  is  maintained  under  Section  401(k)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  covers  substantially  all  current  employees. 
Newly hired employees can elect to participate in the savings plan after completing six months of service. Under the provisions of the 
savings plan, employee contributions are partially matched by the Bank with cash contributions. Participants can invest their account 
balances  into  several  investment  alternatives.  The  savings  plan  does  not  allow  for  investment  in  the  Company’s  common  stock. 
During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 the Bank made cash contributions of $253,000, $243,000, and $181,000 
respectively.

c) Equity Incentive Plan

During 2006, the Bridge Bancorp, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) was approved by the shareholders to provide for the grant of 
options to purchase shares of common stock of the Company and for the award of shares of restricted stock. The plan supersedes the 
Bridge Bancorp, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan that was approved in 1996 and amended in 2001. Of the total 620,000 shares of common 
stock approved for issuance under the Plan, 296,223 shares remain available for issuance at December 31, 2011.

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors determines options awarded under the Plan. The Company accounts for this 
Plan under FASB ASC No. 718 and 505.

The  fair  value  of  each  option  granted  is  estimated  on  the  date  of  the  grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model.  No  new 
grants of stock options were awarded during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock options as of December 31, 2011 follows:

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Outstanding, December 31, 2010
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired
Outstanding, December 31, 2011
Vested and Exercisable, December 31, 2011

Range of Exercise Prices

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

4.32 years
4.32 years

$
$

9
9

25.06
—
—
25.26
—
25.05
25.05

Exercise
Price

15.47
24.00
25.25
26.55
30.60

Number
of
Options

56,375
—
—
(2,152)
—
54,223
54,223

Number
of
Options

2,100
5,359
41,436
3,000
2,328
54,223

Page -65-

$

$

$
$

$
$
$
$
$

The  aggregate  intrinsic  value  for  options  outstanding  and  exercisable  as  of  December  31,  2011 is  the  same  because  all options  are 
currently vested.

A summary of activity related to the stock options follows:

December 31,
(In thousands)
Intrinsic value of options exercised
Cash received from options exercised
Tax benefit realized from option exercises
Weighted average fair value of options granted

2011

2010

2009

$

— $
—
—
—

$

16
17
6
—

29
34
13
—

There  was  no  compensation  expense  attributable  to  stock  options  in  2011  because  all  stock  options  were  vested.  Compensation 
expense attributable to stock options was $41,000 and $42,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

A summary of the status of the Company’s shares of unvested restricted stock for the year ended December 31, 2011 follows:

Unvested, December 31, 2010
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Unvested, December 31, 2011

Weighted
Average Grant-Date
Fair Value

$
$
$
$
$

21.96
20.63
21.79
22.14
21.56

Shares
181,588
68,588
(37,401)
(1,404)
211,371

The  Company’s  Equity  Incentive  Plan  also  provides  for  issuance  of  restricted  stock  awards.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,
2011,  the  Company  granted  restricted  stock  awards  of  68,588  shares.  Of  the  68,588  shares  granted,  5,000  shares  vest  ratably  over 
three years, 44,588 shares vest over approximately five years with a third vesting after years three, four and five and 19,000 shares 
vest over approximately 7 years with a third vesting after years five, six and seven. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the 
Company granted restricted stock awards of 43,850 shares. Of the 43,850 shares granted, 29,420 shares vest over five years with a 
third vesting after years three, four and five and 10,000 shares vest over approximately 7 years with a third vesting after years five, six
and seven. The remaining 4,430 vest ratably over approximately five years. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company 
granted restricted stock awards of 58,792 shares. Of the 58,792 shares granted, 33,892 shares vest over five years with a third vesting 
after  years  three,  four  and  five.  The  remaining  24,900  vest  ratably  over  five  years  beginning  in  December  2009.  Such  shares  are 
subject to restrictions based on continued service as employees of the Company or its subsidiaries. Compensation expense attributable 
to  these  awards  was  approximately  $909,000,  $728,000  and  $656,000  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2011,  2010,  and  2009, 
respectively. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $623,000, $280,000 
and  $125,000,  respectively.  As  of  December  31,  2011,  there  was  $3,219,000  of  total  unrecognized  compensation  costs  related  to 
nonvested restricted stock awards granted under the Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.9 
years.

In  April  2009,  the  Company  adopted  a  Directors  Deferred  Compensation  Plan.  Under  the  Plan,  independent  directors  may  elect  to 
defer  all  or  a  portion  of  their  annual  retainer  fee  in  the  form  of  restricted  stock  units.  In  addition,  Directors  receive  a  non-election 
retainer in the form of restricted stock units. These restricted stock units vest ratably over one year and have dividend rights but no 
voting rights. In connection with this Plan, the Company recorded expenses of approximately $138,000, $112,000 and $52,000 for the 
years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

10. EARNINGS PER SHARE

FASB ASC 260-10-45 addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to 
vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share (“EPS”). The restricted stock 
awards  and  restricted  stock  units  granted  by  the  Company  contain  nonforfeitable  rights  to  dividends  and  therefore  are  considered 
participating securities. The two-class method for calculating basic EPS excludes dividends paid to participating securities and any 
undistributed  earnings  attributable  to  participating  securities.  Prior  period  EPS  figures  have  been  presented  in  accordance  with  this 
accounting guidance.

Page -66-

The following is a reconciliation of earnings per share for December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

For the Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands, except per share data)
Net Income
Less: Dividends paid on and earnings allocated to participating securities
Income attributable to common stock

Weighted average common shares outstanding, including participating securities
Less: weighted average participating securities
Weighted average common shares outstanding
Basic earnings per common share

Income attributable to common stock

Weighted average common shares outstanding
Weighted average common equivalent shares outstanding
Weighted average common and equivalent shares outstanding
Diluted earnings per common share

2011

2010

2009

$ 10,359 $ 9,166 $ 8,763
(175)
$ 10,060 $ 8,923 $ 8,588

(243)

(299)

6,712
(193)
6,519
1.54 $

6,308
(170)
6,138

1.45 $

6,224
(127)
6,097
1.41

$

$ 10,060 $ 8,923 $ 8,588

6,519
1
6,520
1.54 $

6,138
1
6,139

1.45 $

6,097
4
6,101
1.41

$

There were 52,123 options outstanding at December 31, 2011 that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share 
because the options’ exercise prices were greater than the average market price of common stock and were, therefore, antidilutive. The 
$16.0  million  in  convertible  trust  preferred  securities  outstanding  at  December  31,  2011,  were  not  included  in  the  computation  of 
diluted earnings per share because the assumed conversion of the trust preferred securities was antidilutive.

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES AND OTHER MATTERS

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  there  are  various  outstanding  commitments  and  contingent  liabilities,  such  as  claims  and  legal 
actions, minimum annual rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases, guarantees and commitments to extend credit, which 
are  not  reflected  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements.  No  material  losses  are  anticipated  as  a  result  of  these 
commitments and contingencies.

a) Leases

At December 31, 2011, the Company was obligated to make minimum annual rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases 
for its premises. Projected minimum rentals under existing leases are as follows:

Year
(In thousands)
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
Thereafter
Total minimum rentals

$

$

1,207
1,198
1,209
966
685
2,274
7,539

Certain leases contain rent escalation clauses which are reflected in the amounts listed above. In addition, certain leases provide for 
additional  payments  based  upon  real  estate  taxes,  interest  and  other  charges.  Certain  leases  contain  renewal  options which  are  not 
reflected. Rental  expenses  under leases  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2011,  2010 and  2009 approximated  $1.2  million, $1.2 
million, and $883,000, respectively.

b) Loan commitments

Some  financial  instruments,  such  as  loan  commitments,  credit  lines,  letters  of  credit,  and  overdraft  protection,  are  issued  to  meet 
customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in 
the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off-balance-sheet risk of credit 
loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to 
make such commitments as are used for loans, often including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment. 

Page -67-

The following represents commitments outstanding:

December 31,
(In thousands)
Standby letters of credit
Loan commitments outstanding (1)
Unused lines of credit
Total commitments outstanding

2011

2010

$

$

3,130
45,841
155,209
204,180

$

$

1,682
46,462
112,781
160,925

(1) Of the $45.8 million of loan commitments outstanding at December 31, 2011, $5.8 million are fixed rate

commitments and $40.0 million are variable rate commitments.

c) Other

During 2011, the Bank was required to maintain certain cash balances with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for reserve and 
clearing requirements. The required cash balance at December 31, 2011 was $1.0 million. During 2011, the Federal Reserve Bank of 
New  York  offered  higher  interest  rates  on  overnight  deposits  compared  to  our  correspondent  banks.  Therefore  the  Bank  invested 
overnight with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and the average balance maintained during 2011 was $48.0 million.

During  2011,  2010  and  2009,  the  Bank  maintained  an  overnight  line  of  credit  with  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  of  New  York 
(“FHLB”).  The  Bank  has  the  ability  to  borrow  against  its  unencumbered  residential  and  commercial  mortgages  and  investment 
securities  owned  by  the  Bank.  At  December  31,  2011,  the  Bank  had  aggregate  lines  of  credit  of  $227.0  million  with  unaffiliated 
correspondent  banks  to  provide  short-term  credit  for  liquidity  requirements.  Of  these  aggregate  lines  of  credit,  $207.0  million  is 
available on an unsecured basis. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank did not have such borrowings outstanding.

In  March  2001,  the  Bank  entered  into  a  Master  Repurchase  Agreement  with  the  FHLB  whereby  the  FHLB  agrees  to  purchase 
securities from the Bank, upon the Bank’s request, with the simultaneous agreement to sell the same or similar securities back to the 
Bank  at  a  future  date.  Securities  are  limited,  under  the  agreement,  to  government  securities,  securities  issued,  guaranteed  or
collateralized by any agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government or any government sponsored enterprise, and non-agency AA 
and  AAA  rated  mortgage-backed  securities.  At  December  31,  2011,  there  was  $401.2  million  available  for  transactions  under  this 
agreement.

The Bank had $16.9 million of securities sold under agreements to repurchase outstanding as of December 31, 2011 (See Note 6).

12. FAIR VALUE

FASB ASC No. 820-10 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit 
price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on 
the  measurement  date.  FASB  ASC  820-10  also  establishes  a  fair  value  hierarchy  which  requires  an  entity  to  maximize  the  use  of 
observable  inputs  and  minimize  the  use  of  unobservable  inputs  when  measuring  fair  value.  The  standard  describes  three  levels  of 
inputs that may be used to measure fair values:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the 
measurement date.

Level  2:  Significant  other  observable  inputs  other  than  Level  1  prices  such  as  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  or  liabilities;  quoted 
prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level  3:  Significant  unobservable  inputs  that  reflect  a  reporting  entity’s  own  assumptions  about  the  assumptions  that  market 
participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

The fair value of securities available for sale is determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges 
(Level  1  inputs)  or  matrix  pricing,  which  is  a  mathematical  technique  widely  used  in  the  industry  to  value  debt  securities  without 
relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark 
quoted securities (Level 2 inputs).

Page -68-

Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below:

Fair Value Measurements at

December 31, 2011 Using:

Quoted 
Prices In
Active 
Markets for
Identical 
Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other 
Observable 
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

$           131,674

         54,219 

       70,984 

       179,325

5,237

$          441,439 

Fair Value Measurements at

December 31, 2010 Using:

Quoted 
Prices In
Active 
Markets for
Identical 
Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other 
Observable 
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

$            41,333 

            48,065 

          80,171 

          153,970 

$          323,539 

Carrying
Value

$             131,674

         54,219 

       70,984 

       179,325

5,237

$            441,439 

Carrying
Value

$               41,333

         48,065 

       80,171 

       153,970 

$            323,539 

(In thousands)

Financial Assets:

Available for sale securities

U.S. GSE securities

State and municipal obligations

U.S. GSE Residential mortgage-backed securities

U.S. GSE Residential collateralized mortgage obligations

U.S. GSE Commercial collateralized mortgage obligations

Total available for sale

(In thousands)

Financial Assets:

Available for sale securities

U.S. GSE securities

State and municipal obligations

U.S. GSE Residential mortgage-backed securities

U.S. GSE Residential collateralized mortgage obligations

Total available for sale

Fair value estimates are made at specific points in time and are based on existing on-and off-balance sheet financial instruments. Such 
estimates are generally subjective in nature and dependent upon a number of significant assumptions associated with each financial 
instrument or group of financial instruments, including estimates of discount rates, risks associated with specific financial instruments, 
estimates  of  future  cash  flows,  and  relevant  available  market  information.  Changes  in  assumptions  could  significantly  affect  the 
estimates. In addition,  fair value estimates do not reflect the value of anticipated  future business, premiums or discounts that could
result  from  offering  for  sale  at  one  time  the  Bank’s  entire  holdings  of  a  particular  financial  instrument,  or  the  tax  consequences  of 
realizing gains or losses on the sale of financial instruments.

Page -69-

Assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis are summarized below:

Fair Value Measurements at

December 31, 2011 Using:

Quoted Prices In

Significant

Other 

Significant

Active Markets for

Observable 

Unobservable

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

Inputs

(Level 2)

Inputs

(Level 3)

Fair Value Measurements at

December 31, 2010 Using:

Quoted Prices In

Active Markets for

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

Significant

Other 

Observable 

Inputs

(Level 2)

$                 1,868   

2,300

Significant

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

$                          693

Carrying

Value

$     1,868

2,300

Carrying

Value

$            693

(In thousands)

Impaired loans

Loans held for sale

(In thousands)

Impaired loans

For impaired loans, the Company evaluates the fair value of the loan in accordance with current accounting guidance. For loans that 
are collateral dependent, the fair value of the collateral is used to determine the fair value of the loan. The fair value of the collateral is 
determined based upon recent appraised values. The fair value of the loan is compared to the carrying value to determine if any write-
down or specific reserve is required. These methods of fair value measurement for impaired loans are considered level 3 within the 
fair value hierarchy described in current accounting guidance. Impaired loans with allocated allowance for loan losses at December 
31,  2011,  had  a  carrying  amount  of  $1.9  million,  which  is  made  up  of  the  outstanding  balance  of $2.1  million,  net  of  a  valuation 
allowance  of  $0.2 million.  This  resulted  in  an  additional  provision  for  loan  losses  of  $0.2 million  that  is  included  in  the  amount 
reported  on  the  income  statement.  Impaired  loans  with  allocated  allowance  for  loan  losses  at  December  31,  2010,  had  a  carrying 
amount of $693,000, which is made up of the outstanding balance of $700,000, net of a valuation allowance of $7,000. This resulted 
in an additional provision for loan losses of $7,000 that is included in the amount reported on the income statement. Charge-offs of 
$0.9 million were incurred on loans transferred to loans held for sale at December 31, 2011.  No loans were transferred to loans held 
for sale in 2010.

The Company used the following method and assumptions in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments:

Cash  and  Due  from  Banks  and  Federal  Funds  Sold:  Carrying  amounts  approximate  fair  value,  since  these  instruments  are  either 
payable on demand or have short-term maturities.

Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity: The estimated fair values are based on independent dealer quotations on nationally 
recognized  securities  exchanges  or  matrix  pricing,  which  is  a  mathematical  technique  widely  used  in  the  industry  to  value  debt
securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to 
other benchmark quoted securities.

Restricted Securities: It is not practicable to determine the fair value of FHLB, ACBB and FRB stock due to restrictions placed on its 
transferability.

Loans:  The  estimated  fair  values  of  real  estate  mortgage  loans  and  other  loans  receivable  are  based  on  discounted  cash  flow 
calculations that use available market benchmarks when establishing discount factors for the types of loans. All nonaccrual loans are 
carried at their current fair value. Exceptions may be made for adjustable rate loans (with resets of one year or less), which would be 
discounted straight to their rate index plus or minus an appropriate spread.

Deposits: The estimated fair  value of certificates of deposits are based on discounted cash  flow calculations that  use  a replacement 
cost  of  funds  approach  to  establishing  discount  rates  for  certificates  of  deposits  maturities. Stated  value  is  fair  value  for  all  other 
deposits.

Borrowed Funds: The estimated fair value of borrowed funds are based on discounted cash flow calculations that use a replacement 
cost of funds approach to establishing discount rates for funding maturities.

Page -70-

(cid:120)

with the acquisition of Hamptons State Bank. 
In  November  2011,  the  Company filed  a  prospectus  supplement  under  which  it  may  from  time  to  time  sell  up  to  $10.0 
million of its common stock pursuant to an at-the-market equity offering program. During 2011 the Company issued 30,220 
shares of common stock and raised $0.6 million in capital under this program.

(cid:120) On December 20, 2011, the Company raised $22.9 million in capital, net of offering costs, from the sale of 1,377,000 shares 

of common stock to selected institutional and other private investors in a registered direct offering. 

As of December 31, 2011, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as “well 
capitalized”  under  the  regulatory  framework  for  prompt  corrective  action.  To  be  categorized  as  “well  capitalized,”  the  Bank  must 
maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. Since that notification, 
there are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the institution’s category.

The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table:

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (Consolidated)
As of December 31,
(Dollars In thousands)

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)

As of December 31,
(Dollars In thousands)

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)

Bridgehampton National Bank
As of December 31,
(Dollars In thousands)

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)

As of December 31,
(In thousands)

2011

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes

Actual

Amount
$ 128,226 
118,334
118,334

Ratio

Amount
16.2% $ 63,228
15.0% 31,614
9.3% 51,010

Ratio

8.0%
4.0%
4.0%

2010

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes

Actual

Amount

$

88,006
79,953
79,953

Ratio

Amount
13.7% $ 51,504
25,752
12.4%
40,667
7.9%

Ratio

8.0%
4.0%
4.0%

2011

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes

Actual

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
Ratio

Amount
n/a
n/a
n/a

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
Ratio

Amount
n/a
n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a
n/a

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
Ratio

Amount
$ 115,383
105,494
105,494

Ratio

Amount
14.6% $ 63,213
13.4% 31,606
8.3% 51,001

Ratio

Amount
8.0% $ 79,016
4.0% 47,410
4.0% 63,751

10.0%
6.0%
5.0%

2010

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes

Actual

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
Ratio

Ratio

Amount
8.0% $ 64,304
38,583
4.0%
50,799
4.0%

10.0%
6.0%
5.0%

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)

Amount

$

85,514
77,470
77,470

Ratio

Amount
13.3% $ 51,444
25,722
12.1%
40,639
7.6%

Page -72-

14. PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Condensed financial information of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (Parent Company only) follows:

Condensed Balance Sheets

December 31,
(In thousands)
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents 
Other assets 
Investment in the Bank 

Total Assets 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Junior subordinated debentures
Dividends payable 
Other liabilities 

Total Liabilities 

Total Stockholders’ Equity 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

Condensed Statements of Income

Years ended December 31,
(In thousands)
Dividends from the Bank 
Interest expense
Non interest expense
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank 

Income tax benefit 
Income before equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank 
Equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank 
Net income 

2011

2010

13,002
192
110,028
123,222

16,002
—
233
16,235

106,987
123,222

$

$

$

$

3,356
750
79,118
83,224

16,002
1,467
35
17,504

65,720
83,224

2011

2010

2009

— $

1,366
69
(1,435)

(445)
(990)
11,349
10,359

$

1,700
1,365
43
292

(431)
723
8,443
9,166

$

$

4,500
190
34
4,276

(69)
4,345
4,418
8,763

$

$

$

$

$

$

Page -73-

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows 

Years ended December 31,
(In thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:

2011

2010

2009

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities: 

$ 10,359

$

9,166

$

8,763

Equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank 
Decrease (increase) in other assets 
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities:

Investment in the Bank
Cash in lieu of fractional shares for business acquisition

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from issuance of junior subordinated debentures
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock
Net proceeds from exercise of stock options
Repurchase of surrendered stock from exercise of stock options and vesting

of restricted stock awards

Excess tax (expense) benefit from share based compensation
Cash dividends paid 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

15. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(11,349)
558
198
(234)

(12,000)
(3)
(12,003)

—
28,088
—

(128)
(16)
(6,061)
21,883

9,646
3,356
$ 13,002

$

(8,443)
(450)
(6)
267

(4,418)
(217)
1
4,129

—
—
—

(11,500)
—
(11,500)

—
1,395
17

(37)
11
(5,787)
(4,401)

(4,134)
7,490
3,356

16,002
255
34

(35)
12
(5,716)
10,552

3,181
4,309
7,490

$

Other comprehensive income (loss) components and related income tax effects were as follows:

Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands)
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities 
Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in income 
Income tax effect 

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities 

Change in post-retirement obligation 
Income tax effect 
Net change in post-retirement obligation 

Total 

2011

2010

2009

$

3,758
(135)
1,438

2,185

(2,527)
1,003
(1,524)

$

(1,518) $
(1,303)
1,121

4,085
(529)
(1,724)

(1,700)

1,832

(91)
36
(55)

(267)
106
(161)

$

661

$

(1,755) $

1,671

The following is a summary of the accumulated other comprehensive income balances, net of income tax:

(In thousands)
Unrealized gains on available for sale securities 
Unrealized gains (loss) on pension benefits 
Total 

Balance as of 
December 31, 
2010

Current 
Period 
Change

Balance as of 
December 31, 
2011

$

$

3,549 $
(1,782)
1,767 $

2,185 $
(1,524)

661 $

5,734
(3,306)
2,428

Page -74-

16.  BUSINESS COMBINATIONS 

On February 8, 2011, the Company announced a definitive merger agreement under which the Bank would acquire Hamptons State 
Bank (“HSB”). The HSB transaction closed on May 27, 2011 resulting in the addition of total acquired assets on a fair value basis of 
$68.9 million,  with  loans of  $38.9 million,  investment  securities  of  $24.2  million  and  deposits  of  $56.9  million.  The  transaction 
augments the Bank’s franchise in eastern Long Island and the combined entity serves customers through a network of 20 branches.
Under the  terms  of  the  Agreement,  each  share  of  Hamptons  State  Bank  common  stock  was  converted  into  0.3434  shares  of  the 
Company’s  common  stock.  The  Company  issued  approximately  273,500  shares,  with  an  aggregate  value  of  $5.85  million  and 
recorded goodwill of $2.03 million which is not tax deductible for tax purposes.

The  acquisition  was  accounted  for  under  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting  in  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  805,  “Business 
Combinations.” Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values, 
and identifiable intangible assets were recorded at fair value.  The operating results of the Company for the year ended December 31,
2011, include the operating results of HSB since the acquisition date of May 27, 2011.

The following summarizes the preliminary fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed on May 27, 2011:

(In thousands)
Cash and due from banks
Interest earning deposits with banks
Securities
Loans
Premises and equipment
Core deposit intangible 
Other assets
Total Assets Acquired

Deposits
Federal funds purchased and Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings
Federal Home Loan Bank term advances
Other liabilities and accrued expenses
Total Liabilities Assumed

Net Assets Acquired
Consideration Paid
Goodwill Recorded on Acquisition

As Initially 
Reported

Measurement 
Period 
Adjustments

As Adjusted

$

$

$

$

$

$

585 $

1,727
24,159
39,051
300
358
2,781
68,961 $

56,940 $
2,000
5,016
1,103
65,059 $

3,902 $
5,853
1,951 $

— $
—
—
(137)
—
—
54
(83) $

— $
—
—
—
— $

(83) $
—
83 $

585
1,727
24,159
38,914
300
358
2,835
68,878

56,940
2,000
5,016
1,103
65,059

3,819
5,853
2,034

The above fair values are finalized with the exception of purchased credit impaired loans which are subject to refinement for up to one 
year after the closing date of the acquisition as new information relative to closing date fair values become available.

17. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

Selected Consolidated Quarterly Financial Data

2011 Quarter Ended,
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 
Non interest income 
Non interest expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

March 31,

June 30,

September 30, December 31,

$

$
$
$

11,596
1,812
9,784
700
9,084
1,454
7,408
3,130
970
2,160
0.34
0.34

$

$
$
$

12,333
1,872
10,461
900
9,561
1,825
7,784
3,602
1,126
2,476
0.38
0.38

$

$
$
$

13,471 $
1,949
11,522
1,450
10,072
1,766
7,824
4,014
1,241
2,773 $
0.41 $
0.41 $

13,026
1,983
11,043
850
10,193
1,904
7,821
4,276
1,326
2,950
0.42
0.42

Page -75-

2010 Quarter Ended,
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 
Non interest income 
Non interest expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

March 31,

June 30,

September 30, December 31,

$

$
$
$

10,798
1,967
8,831
1,300
7,531
2,202
6,601
3,132
1,002
2,130
0.34
0.34

$

$
$
$

10,957
2,003
8,954
700
8,254
2,029
6,999
3,284
1,035
2,249
0.36
0.36

$

$
$
$

11,377 $
1,937
9,440
600
8,840
1,673
7,057
3,456
1,074
2,382 $
0.38 $
0.38 $

11,767
1,833
9,934
900
9,034
1,529
7,222
3,341
936
2,405
0.38
0.38

Page -76-

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Audit Committee
Board of Directors
Bridge Bancorp, Inc.
Bridgehampton, New York

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the 
related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows  for each of the years in the three-year period ended 
December 31, 2011. We also have audited Bridge Bancorp, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011,
based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  Bridge  Bancorp,  Inc.’s  management  is  responsible  for  these  consolidated  financial  statements,  for
maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  included  in  the  Report  By  Management  On  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting  located  in  Item  9A.  Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on Bridge Bancorp, Inc.’s internal 
control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 
material  misstatement  and  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our 

Page -77-

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Principal 
Executive  Officer  and  Principal  Financial  Officer,  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  design  and  operation  of  the  Company’s  disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of 
December  31,  2011.  Based  on  that  evaluation,  the  Company’s  Principal  Executive  Officer  and  Principal  Chief  Financial  Officer
concluded that the  Company’s disclosure controls and procedures  were effective as of the end of the period covered by the annual 
report.

Report By Management On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (“the Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining an effective system of internal 
control over financial reporting. The Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable 
assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of internal 
control over financial reporting, including the possibility  of human error and circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, 
even an effective system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial 
statement preparation. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. This assessment was based 
on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the 
Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  Based  on  this  assessment,  management  believes  that,  as  of 
December 31, 2011, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting based on those criteria.

The Company’s independent  registered public accounting  firm that audited the financial statements that are  included  in this annual 
report on Form 10-K, has issued an audit report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The audit report of Crowe 
Horwath LLP appears on the previous page.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2011, that 
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

“Item  1  – Election  of  Directors,”  “Compliance  with  Section  16  (a)  of  the  Exchange  Act,”  and  “Code  of  Ethics”  set  forth  in  the 
Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 4, 2012, are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

“Compensation  of  Directors,”  “Compensation  of  Executive  Officers,”  “Report  of  the  Compensation  Committee  on  Executive 
Compensation,”  “Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation,”  and  “Employment  Contracts  and  Severance 
Agreements” set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the  Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 4, 2012, are 
incorporated herein by reference.

Page -78-

Item  12.  Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management  and  Related  Stockholder 
Matters

“Beneficial Ownership” and “Item 1 – Election of Directors”, set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of 
Shareholders to be held on May 4, 2012, are incorporated herein by reference.

Set forth below is certain information as of December 31, 2011, regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans that have been 
approved by stockholders.

Equity Compensation
Plan approved by
Stockholders

1996 Equity Incentive Plan

2006 Equity Incentive Plan

Total

Number of securities to
be Issued upon 
Exercise
of outstanding options
and awards

Weighted Average
Exercise Price with
respect to 
Outstanding
Stock Options

Number of Securities
Remaining Available 
for
Issuance under the Plan

12,787

268,503

281,290

$

$

$

24.40

25.25

25.05

—

296,223

296,223

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

“Certain Relationships and Related Transactions”, and “Director Nominations” set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 
Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 4, 2012, is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

“Item 2 - Ratification of the Appointment of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” “Fees Paid to Crowe Horwath,” and 
“Policy on Audit Committee Pre-approval of Audit and Non-audit Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” set 
forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 4, 2012, is incorporated herein by 
reference.

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The  following  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  including  notes  thereto,  and  financial  schedules  of  the  Company,  required  in 
response to this item are included in Part II, Item 8.

1.

Financial Statements

Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

2.

Financial Statement Schedules

Page No.

34
35
36
37
38
77

Financial  Statement  Schedules  have  been  omitted  because  they  are  not  applicable  or  the  required  information  is  shown  in  the 
Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto under Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

3.

Exhibits.

            See Index of Exhibits on page 81.

Page -79-

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

March 13, 2012

March 13, 2012

March 13, 2012

BRIDGE BANCORP, INC.
Registrant

/s/ Kevin M. O’Connor
Kevin M. O’Connor
President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Howard H. Nolan
Howard H. Nolan
Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Treasurer

/s/ Sarah K. Quinn
Sarah K. Quinn
Vice President, Controller and Principal
Accounting Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons 
on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

March 13, 2012

March 13, 2012

March 13, 2012

March 13, 2012

March 13, 2012

March 13, 2012

March 13, 2012

March 13, 2012

March 13, 2012

March 13, 2012

,Director

,Director

,Director

,Director

,Director

,Director

,Director

,Director

,Director

,Director

/s/ Marcia Z. Hefter
Marcia Z. Hefter

/s/ Dennis A. Suskind
Dennis A. Suskind

/s/ Kevin M. O’Connor
Kevin M. O’Connor

/s/ Emanuel Arturi
Emanuel Arturi

/s/ Antonia M. Donohue
Antonia M. Donohue

/s/ Charles I. Massoud
Charles I. Massoud

/s/ Albert E. McCoy Jr.
Albert E. McCoy Jr.

/s/ Howard H. Nolan
Howard H. Nolan

/s/ Rudolph J. Santoro
Rudolph J. Santoro

/s/ Thomas J. Tobin
Thomas J. Tobin

Page -80-

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number

Description of Exhibit

Exhibit

2.1

3.1

3.1(i)

3.1(ii)

3.2

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.5

10.6

23

31.1

31.2

32.1

101

101.INS
101.SCH
101.CAL
101.LAB
101.PRE
101.DEF

Agreement and Plan of Merger and among Bridge Bancorp, Inc., The Bridgehampton 
National Bank and Hamptons State Bank (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 8-
K, File No. 0-18546, filed February 10, 2011)

Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s 
amended Form 10, File No. 0-18546, filed October 15, 1990)

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated 
by reference to Registrant’s Form 10, File No. 0-18546, filed August 13, 1999)

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated 
by reference to Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, File No. 0-18546, filed November 
18, 2008)

Revised By-laws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 8-K, File 
No. 0-18546, filed December 17, 2007)

Amended and Restated Employment Contract - Thomas J. Tobin (incorporated by reference 
to Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 0-18546, filed October 9, 2007)

Amended and Restated Employment Contract – Howard H. Nolan (incorporated by reference 
to Registrant’s Form 10-K, File No. 0-18546, filed March 12, 2009)

Employment Contract – Kevin M. O’Connor (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 
8-K, File No. 0-18546, filed October 9, 2007)

Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form S-8, File No. 0-18546, 
filed August 14, 2006)

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (Revised for 409A) (incorporated by reference to 
Registrant’s Form 10-K, File No. 0-18546, filed March 14, 2008)

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-
14(b) and U.S.C. Section 1350
The following financial statements from Bridge Bancorp, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the Year Ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 13, 2012, formatted in XBRL: 
(i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, 
(ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 
2009, (iii) Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 
2011, 2010 and 2009, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended 
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, 
tagged as blocks of text. (1)
XBRL Instance Document (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document (1)

(1) 

Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the Interactive Data Files on Exhibit 101 hereto are deemed not filed or part of a 
registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed 
not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to
liability under those sections.

*

Denotes incorporated by reference.

Page -81-

EXHIBIT 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  Registration  Statements on  Form  S-3  and  S-8  (File  Numbers:  333-136600,  333-
160240,  and  333-158869)  of  Bridge  Bancorp,  Inc.  of  our  report  dated  March  12,  2012 with  respect  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements  of  Bridge  Bancorp,  Inc.  and  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  which  report  appears  in  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2011.

New York, New York
March 12, 2012

Crowe Horwath LLP 

Page -82-

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) 

I, Kevin M. O’Connor, certify that: 

1)

2)

3)

4)

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Bridge Bancorp, Inc.; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods 
presented in this report; 

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a)

b)

c)

d)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report 
is being prepared; 

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles; 

evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and 

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting; 

5)

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

a)

b)

all  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 13, 2012

/s/ Kevin M. O’Connor 
Kevin M. O’Connor
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Page -83-

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) 

I, Howard H. Nolan, certify that: 

1)

2)

3)

4)

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Bridge Bancorp, Inc.; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods
presented in this report; 

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a)

b)

c)

d)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report 
is being prepared; 

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles; 

evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and 

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting; 

5)

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

a)

b)

all  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 13, 2012

/s/ Howard H. Nolan 
Howard H. Nolan
Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 
and Treasurer 

Page -84-

This certification is being furnished as required by Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) 
and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of 
the  Exchange  Act  or  otherwise  subject  to  the  liability  of  that  section.  This  certification  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be  incorporated  by 
reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except as otherwise stated in such filing.

EXHIBIT 32.1 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(B) 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 

As adopted pursuant to 

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the Annual Report of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011
as filed  with  the  Securities and Exchange  Commission on March 13, 2012, (the “Report”),  we, Kevin M. O’Connor, President and 
Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company  and,  Howard  H.  Nolan,  Senior  Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Financial  Officer  and 
Treasurer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)

(2)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
as amended; and 

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 
operations of the Company. 

Date: March 13, 2012

/s/ Kevin M. O’Connor 
Kevin M. O’Connor 
President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Howard H. Nolan 
Howard H. Nolan 
Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer,
and Treasurer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Bridge Bancorp, Inc. and will be retained by 
Bridge Bancorp, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

Page -85-

cOrPOrate iNFOrMatiON

BriDGe BaNcOrP, iNc.

Vice Presidents

Board of Directors

Marcia Z. Hefter
Chairperson

Dennis a. suskind
Vice Chairperson

Kevin M. O’connor
emanuel arturi
antonia M. Donohue
charles i. Massoud
albert e. Mccoy, Jr.
Howard H. Nolan, cPa
rudolph J. santoro
thomas J. tobin

company Officers

Kevin M. O’connor
President and Chief Executive Officer

Howard H. Nolan, cPa
Senior Executive Vice President  
Chief Financial Officer and  
Corporate Secretary

BriDGeHaMPtON  
NatiONaL BaNK

executive Officers

Kevin M. O’connor
President and Chief Executive Officer

Howard H. Nolan, cPa
Senior Executive Vice President,  
Chief Administrative and Financial Officer

James J. Manseau
Executive Vice President,  
Chief Retail Banking Officer

Kevin L. santacroce
Executive Vice President,  
Chief Lending Officer

senior Vice Presidents

seamus J. Doyle
Nancy Foster
Patricia F. Horan
John M. Mccaffery
Deborah McGrory
stephen sheridan
thomas H. simson
John P. Vivona
Joseph Walsh
aidan P. Wood

William araneo
steven Bodziner
edward Burger
Lance P. Burke
Kimberly cioch
Michelle Dosch
Michael Fearon
Maria M. Fontana
Peter M. Gajda
stanley Glinka
Michael V. Hadix
Maureen Hines
theresa Mackey
Norma Marx
John B. Macculley
Marie a. Mcalary
Margaret B. Meighan
robert P. Mensing
Nancy Messer
Maureen Mougios
William J. Newham, iii
corrinne Newman
claudia Pilato
sarah Quinn, cPa
Keith robertson
stephanie saggio
raymond sanchez
susan G. schaefer
thomas sullivan
Dawn M. turnbull
Donna Wetjen

assistant Vice Presidents

sharon abbondondelo
sabrina aucello
Maria Bozzella
Laura Lyn collins
Deborah cosgrove
robert P. curtin
Joanne M. Dougherty
Laura Gorman
Jeffrey M. Greenwald
Peter K. Hillick
Joseph Jones
caroline Kalish
Michelle Mcateer
theresa V. Mccarthy
Deborah L. Orlowski
Julia Pratt
Maria L. Press
Jill ramundo
emily J. reeve
Marion e. stark
John tuohy

Annual Report Design by Curran & Connors, Inc. / www.curran-connors.com
Photography by Kerlin Morales, Jim Lennon and Bill Kinney

assistant cashiers

Noman arshad
Lisa Babinski
Mimi Bristel
Linda carlson
tiana L. Grampus
Julia Hartmann
Monique Lazzara
Jeanne a. Maya
Hayley Orientale
christie G. Pfeil
Gisella recalde

iNVestOr reLatiONs
Exchange: NASDAQ®  
Symbol: BDGE  
Howard H. Nolan, CPA  
Senior Executive Vice President and 
Corporate Secretary  
2200 Montauk Highway, P.O. Box 3005  
Bridgehampton, NY 11932  
631.537.1000  
hnolan@bridgenb.com  
Shareholders seeking information about the 
Company may access presentations, press 
releases and government filings through the 
Bank’s website: www.bridgenb.com.

stOcK traNsFer aGeNt aND 
reGistrar
Registrar and Transfer Co.  
10 Commerce Drive  
Cranford, NJ 07016  
800.368.5948  
www.rtco.com  
Shareholders that would like to make 
changes to the name, address or ownership 
of their stock, consolidate accounts, 
eliminate duplicate mailings, or replace lost 
certificates or dividend checks, should 
contact Registrar and Transfer Co.

secUrities cOUNseL
Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.  
5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW, Suite 400  
Washington, DC 20015-2035

NOtice OF aNNUaL MeetiNG
The Annual Meeting of Shareholders  
is scheduled for 11:00 a.m.  
on Friday, May 4, 2012  
in the Community Room,  
Bridgehampton National Bank,  
2200 Montauk Highway,  
Bridgehampton, NY 11932.

BRIDGE
BANCORP, INC.
2200 Montauk Highway  
P.O. Box 3005  
Bridgehampton, New York 11932  
631.537.1000  
www.bridgenb.com

BraNcHes

Bridgehampton
631.537.8834

center Moriches
631.909.4990

cutchogue
631.734.5002

Deer Park
631.392.1301

east Hampton
631.324.8480

east Hampton Village
631.324.8481

Greenport
631.477.0220

Hampton Bays
631.728.9041

Mattituck
631.298.0190

Montauk
631.668.6400

Patchogue
631.923.1495

Peconic Landing  
(Greenport)
631.477.8150

sag Harbor
631.725.6622

shirley
631.281.1245

southampton,  
county road 39
631.283.1286

BriDGe aBstract LLc

2200 Montauk Highway  
P.O. Box 3031  
Bridgehampton, NY 11932  
631.537.5750  
www.bridgeabstractllc.com

southampton Village
631.287.6504

southampton,  
Windmill Lane
631.287.9500

southold
631.765.1500

Wading river
631.929.4250

Westhampton Beach
631.288.7756